Sie sind auf Seite 1von 352

1

1. COVENTION

1. LL 66 Int: convention on load line, 1966


2. Tonnage 69 Int: convention on tonnage measurement of ships, 1969
3. COLREG 72 Convention on Int: regulation for preventing collision at sea
4. MARPOL 73/78 Int: convention for prevention of pollution from ships 1973 as
modified by protocol 1978 relating there to
5. SOLAS 74 Int: convention for safety of life at sea. 1974
6. STCW 78 Int: convention for standard of training, certification and
watchkeeping for seafarers
7. SUA 88 Convention for the suppression of unlawful acts against the safety
of maritime navigation 1988
8. FAL 65 Convention on facilitation on international maritime traffic, 1965
9. UNCLOS United nation convention on the law of the sea
10. CLC 69 Int: convention on civil liability for oil pollution damage 1969 (for
ship)
11. FUND 71 Int: convention on the establishment of an Int: fund for
compensation for oil pollution damage 1971 (for oil)
12. SALVAGE 89 Int: convention on salvage 1989
13. TOVALOP Tanker owner voluntary agreement concerning liability for oil
pollution (for ship)
14. CRISTAL Contract regarding on interim supplement to tanker liability for oil
pollution (for oil)
15. CSC 72 Int convention for safe container 1972 (container . Conv)
16. BWM Int convention for the control and management of ships BW and
sediment 2004
17. Anti Fouling Int convention on the control of harmful anti fouling systems on
ships 2001
18. SAR Int convention on Maritime search and rescue
19. MLC 2006 Maritime labour convention 2006

Extra
SFV International Convention for the Safety of Fishing Vessels
Hong Kong International for the Safe And Environmentally Sound Recycling of Ships 2009

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


2

2. SOLAS Chapter
Chapter I General provisions
Chapter II-1 Construction Structure, subdivision and stability, machinery and electrical
installations
Chapter II-2 Construction Fire protection, fire detection and fire extinction
Chapter III Life-saving appliances and arrangements
Chapter IV Radio communications
Chapter V Safety of navigation
Chapter VI Carriage of cargoes
Chapter VII Carriage of dangerous goods
Chapter VIII Nuclear ships
Chapter IX Management for the safe operation of ships
Chapter X Safety measures for high-speed craft
Chapter XI-1 Special measures to enhance maritime safety
Chapter XI- 2 Special measures to enhance maritime security
Chapter XII Additional safety measures for bulk carriers

3. SOLAS
1. FTP Code Int code for application of fire test procedures (Chapter II-2)
2. FSS Code Int code for fire safety system (Chapter II-2)
3. LSA Code Int life saving appliance code (Chapter III)
4. INTERCO Int code of signal (Chapter V)
5. IMSBC Code Int maritime solid bulk cargo code (Chapter VI)
6. CSS Code Code of safe practice for cargo stowage and securing (Chapter VI/VII)(CSM )
7. TDC Code Code of safe practice for ships carrying timber deck cargoes (Chapter VI)
8. BC Code Code of safe practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes Code (Chapter VI)
9. Grain Code Int code for the safe carriage of grain in bulk (Chapter VI)
10. IMDG Code Int maritime dangerous goods code (Chapter VII)
11. IBC Code Int code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying dangerous chemical in
bulk (Chapter VII)

12. IGC Code Int code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying liquefied gases in bulk
(Chapter VII)

13. INF Code Int code for safe carriage of packages irradiated nuclear fuel plutonium and high level
radioactive wastes onboard ship (Chapter VIII)

14. ISM Code Int management code for safe operation of ship and for pollution prevention (Chapter
IX)

15. HSC Code Code of safety for high speed craft (Chapter X)
16. ISPS Code Int ship and port facility security code (Chapter XI-2)
17. BLU Code Code of practice for safe loading and unloading of bulk carrier (Chapter XII)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


3

4. SOLAS

SOLAS Certificates
1. Passenger Ship Safety Certificate Ch I Reg 12
2. Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate Ch I Reg 12
3. Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate Ch I Reg 12
4. Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate Ch I Reg 12
5. Cargo Ship Safety Certificate Ch I Reg 12
6. Exemption Certificate Ch I Reg 12
7. Document of compliance with special requirement of ship carrying dangerous cargo (DOC)
Ch II-2 Reg 19
8. Minimum safe manning document - Ch 5 Reg14
9. Document of Compliance D.O.C (ISM) Ch IX Reg 4
10. Safety Management Certificate S.M.C (ISM) Ch IX Reg 4
11. International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC) Ch XI 2
12. Continuous Synopsis Record (CSR) Ch XI-1 Reg 5
13. Document of authorization for the carriage of grain (D.O.A) Ch VI Reg 9
14. Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (C.O.F) Ch VII
15. International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk
(I.C.O.F) Ch VII
16. Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk Ch VIIR
17. International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases in Bulk Ch VII
18. International Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of INF cargo Ch IX Reg 4
19. High Speed Craft Certificate Ch X Reg 3

5. SOLAS

SOLAS Documents
1. Intact stability booklet

2. Damage control plans and booklets


3. Cargo Securing Manual
4. Dangerous good manifest or stowage plan
5. Search and rescue co-operation plan
6. List of operational limitations
7. Decision support system for masters
8. Enhanced survey report file
9. Bulk carrier booklet
10. Permit to operate high speed craft
11. Diving system safety certificate
12. Noise survey report
13. INMSAR interco (Int Code of Signal)
14. Record of Navigational Activities

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


4

6. Certificate SOLAS .
INMSAR / INTERCO (Int Code of Signal)

7. SOLAS Chapter IX Code


International management code for safe operation of ship and for pollution prevention
ISM Code (Chapter IX)

8. SOLAS Cargo . (Timber . Bulk . )

Timber . Code
Code of safe practice for ships carrying timber deck cargoes TDC Code (Chapter VI)

Bulk . Code
Code of safe practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes Code BC Code (Chapter VI)
Solid Bulk Cargoes
International Maritime Solid Bulk Cargoes Code IMSBC Code
International code for the safe carriage of grain in bulk (Chapter VI) Grain Code
International code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying dangerous
chemical in bulk IBC Code (Chapter VII) (NEW)
Chemical In Bulk
Code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying dangerous chemical bulk
BCH Code (OLD)
International code for the construction and equipment of ship carrying liquefied
gases in bulk IGC Code (Chapter VII) (NEW)
Liquefied gas in bulk
Code of construction and equipments of ships carrying liquefied gases in bulk
GC Code (OLD)
Code of practice for safe loading and unloading of bulk carrier BLU Code (Chapter XII)

9. SOLAS Exemption
1) Ships of war and troopships.
2) Cargo ships of less than 500 gross tonnage.
3) Ships not propelled by mechanical means.
4) Wooden ships of primitive build.
5) Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade.
6) Fishing vessels.
( / / / / . )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


5

10. (Trading Certificate)


1. Certificate Of Registry (COR)
2. Cargo Ship Safety Construction Certificate (SCC)
3. Cargo Ship Safety Equipment Certificate (SEC) Satutory Certificate
4. Cargo Ship Safety Radio Certificate (SRC) Government Regulation
5. Safety Management Certificate (SMC)
6. Document of Compliance (DOC) Satutory Certificate
7. Safe Manning Document (SMD) Class Societies
8. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC)
9. International Load Line Certificate (ILLC)
10. International Tonnage Certificate (1969) (ITC)
11. International Ship Security Certificate (ISSC)
11. MARPOL ANNEX ()

MARPOL 73/78 - International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships

1. Annex I Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Oil


2. Annex II Regulations for the Control of Pollution by Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk
3. Annex III Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Harmful Substances Carried by Sea in
Packaged Form
4. Annex IV Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Sewage from Ships
5. Annex V Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Garbage from Ships
6. Annex VI - Regulations for the Prevention of Air Pollution from Ships

12. MARPOL

Certificates MARPOL Requirements


1. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate Annex I, regulation 7

2. Certificate of insurance (OPIC) or other financial security in respect of civil CLC 69, Article VII
liability for oil pollution damage
3. International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the carriage of NLS in bulk Annex II, Regulation 9
4. Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F) BCH Code Section 1.6
5. International Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Ch VII, Regulation 10,
Bulk (I.C.O.F) IBC Code Section 1.5
6. International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC) Annex IV, regulation 5
7. International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate (IAPPC) Annex IV, regulation 6

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


6

13. MARPOL

Documents MARPOL Requirements


1. Oil Record Book Annex I, regulation 17 & 36
2. Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan Annex I, regulation 37
3. Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plan for Noxious Liquid Annex II, regulation 17
Substances (SMPEP)
4. Cargo record book (NLS) Annex II, regulation 15
5. Procedures and Arrangements Manual (P & A Manual) Annex II, regulation 14
6. Garbage Management Plan Annex V regulation 9
7. Garbage Record Book Annex V regulation 9

14. MARPOL ANNEX I


Special Area
Special area means a sea area where for recognized technical reasons in relation to its
oceanographical and ecological condition and to the particular character of its traffic the adoption of special
mandatory methods for the prevention of sea pollution by oil is required.
ANNEX I Special Area
For the purposes of this Annex, the special areas are defined as follows:
1. the Mediterranean Sea area 6. the Gulf of Aden area
2. the Baltic Sea area 7. the Antarctic area
3. the Black Sea area means 8. the North West European waters
4. the Red Sea area 9. the Oman area of the Arabian Sea
5. the Gulfs area 10. the Southern South African waters

15. Oil Record Book

Regulation 17 - Oil Record Book, Part I - Machinery space operations

Every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above and every ship of 400 gross tonnage and above
other than an oil tanker
The Oil Record Book Part I -
appendix III (Annex I) specified Form
The Oil Record Book Part I
1. ballasting or cleaning of oil fuel tanks;
2. discharge of dirty ballast or cleaning water from oil fuel tanks;
3. collection and disposal of oil residues (oil residue (sludge));
4. discharge overboard or disposal otherwise of bilge water which has accumulated in machinery
5. spaces; and
6. bunkering of fuel or bulk lubricating oil.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


7

Discharge of oil or o regulation 4 of this Annex


other exceptional not excepted by that regulation
Oil Record Book Part I

Paragraph 2 the Oil Record


Book Part I
, The entries the Oil Record Book Part I . International
at least in English, French or Spanish
. . official language
Oil filtering equipment failure
Inspector shall be kept on
board the ship Last period of three years

T the competent authority of the Government of a


Party Oil Record Book Part I this Annex applies

Regulation 36 - Oil Record Book, Part II Cargo/ballast operations


. Every oil tanker of 150 gross tonnage and above Oil Record Book Part II (Cargo/Ballast
Operations)
-
appendix III
cargo/ballast operations
1. loading of oil cargo;
2. internal transfer of oil cargo during voyage;
3. unloading of oil cargo;
4. ballasting of cargo tanks and dedicated clean ballast tanks;
5. cleaning of cargo tanks including crude oil washing;
6. discharge of ballast except from segregated ballast tanks;
7. discharge of water from slop tanks;
8. closing of all applicable valves or similar devices after slop tank discharge operations;
9. closing of valves necessary for isolation of dedicated clean ballast tanks from cargo and
stripping lines after slop tank discharge operations; and
10. disposal of residues.
The total quantity of oil an . returned to a storage tank
Oil Record Book Part II .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


8

regulation 4
not excepted by that reg

Oil Record
Book Part I

at least in English, Fre

the oil discharge monitoring and control system

The Oil Record B

The ship is in its port or offsh

Oil Record Book Entry page


the total quantity of oil and water used for was
A

16. MARPOL ANNEX I Regulation 29, 31, 32

Regulation 29 - Slop tanks

Regulation 3
in accordance wi . Before 31 December 1979 delivered
any cargo tank designated
adequate means shall be provided


Regulation 34

Administr

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


9

Regulation 31 - Oil discharge monitoring and control system


Annex (I) regulation 3 oil discharge
monitoring and control system approved by the Administration equipped
O.D.M.C.S recording device continuous record

at least 3 years on
. automati

Defective oil discharge monitoring and


c

detailed i

Instructions to the operation of the system

Regulation 32 - Oil/water interface detector


. Regulation 3 shall be provided
with effective oil/water interface detectors Approved by
the

17. MARPOL ANNEX I Oil Discharge Criteria


Regulation 15 - Control of discharge of oil (Machinery space of all ship)
Discharges outside special areas
Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from ships of 400 gross tonnage and above shall be
prohibited except when all the following conditions are satisfied:
1. the ship is proceeding en route;
2. the oily mixture is processed through an oil filtering equipment
3. the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million;
4. the oily mixture does not originate from cargo pump room bilges on oil tankers; and
5. the oily mixture, in case of oil tankers, is not mixed with oil cargo residues.
Discharges in special areas
Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from ships of 400 gross tonnage and above shall be
prohibited except when all of the following conditions are satisfied:
1 the ship is proceeding en route;
2.the oily mixture is processed through an oil filtering equipment, provided with alarm and
automatic stop system if exceed 15ppm
3.the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million;
4.the oily mixture does not originate from cargo pump room bilges on oil tankers; and
5.the oily mixture, in case of oil tankers, is not mixed with oil cargo residues.
In respect of the Antarctic area, any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixtures from any ship shall
be prohibited.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


10

Requirements for ships of less than 400 gross tonnage in all areas except the Antarctic area

In the case of a ship of less than 400 gross tonnage, oil and all oily mixtures shall either be retained on
board for subsequent discharge to reception facilities or discharged into the sea in accordance with the
following provisions:
1. the ship is proceeding en route;
2. the ship has in operation equipment of a design approved by the Administration that ensures that
the oil content of the effluent without dilution does not exceed 15 parts per million;
3. the oily mixture does not originate from cargo pump room bilges on oil tankers; and

4. the oily mixture, in case of oil tankers, is not mixed with oil cargo residues.

Regulation 34 - Control of discharge of oil (from the cargo area of an oil tanker)

Discharges outside special areas from the cargo area of an oil tanker

1. the tanker is not within a special area;


2. the tanker is more than 50 nautical miles from the nearest land;
3. the tanker is proceeding en route;
4. the instantaneous rate of discharge of oil content does not exceed 30 litres per nautical mile;
5.Does not exceed 1/15,000 of the total quantity (for tankers delivered on or before 31 Dec 1979) and
1/30,000 (for tankers delivered after 31 Dec 1979)
6. the tanker has in operation an oil discharge monitoring and control system and a slop tank
arrangement as required by regulations.
(Except Clean or Segregated Ballast)

Discharges in special areas from the cargo area of an oil tanker

1. Any discharge into the sea of oil or oily mixture from the cargo area of an oil tanker shall be
prohibited while in a special area
2. Except Clean or Segregated Ballast

Requirements for oil tankers of less than 150 gross tonnage

Oil tankers of less than 150 gross tonnage , discharge of oil

18. International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC)

International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate (IOPPC)



Administration
shall carry on board
IOPP Ce

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


11


after th

d
more than 3 months before the expiry date of the existing cer


Administration
(or)
the person (or) organization
authorized by Adminis

. relevant
survey reports copies
IOPPC Certify That
The ship has been surveyed in accordance with the Regulations 6 (Survey And Certification)
structure, equipment, system, fitting, arrangement and materials are in all
respects satisfactory and comply with the applicable requirement of Annex I
Supplement by record of inspection and equipments
A record of Construction and Equipments is issue as supplement
validity not exceed 5 years

A Record of Construction and Equipments

1.
2. Equipments for control of oil discharge
3. Sludge tank
4. Standard discharge connections
5. Exemption
6. Equivalents
For Tankers (Form B) , additionally contains:
7. Constructions
8. Retention of oil onboard
9. Pumping, Piping And Discharge Arrangement
10. Equivalent arrangement for Chemical tankers carrying oil

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


12

19. Oil Pollution Insurance Certificate (OPIC) From CLC 69


Properly called Certificate of Insurance or Financial Security In Respect Of Civil Liability for Oil
Pollution Damage.
Requirement under the international Convention On Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (CLC 69)
Article 7
Require to be carried by all ships carrying more than 2000 tons of persistent oil in bulk as cargo
Issued by Flag State
Valid for maximum 12 months
Survey is not require for issue of an OPIC

20. Pollution
Accidental Pollution . Operational Pollution

21. Annex I Regulation 13 Standard discharge connection


for residues from machinery bilges and from
oil residue (sludge) tanks pipeline

Flanges Outside diameter 215 mm Bolt circle diameter 183 mm 6 holes


Inner diameter maximum internal Bolts and nuts 6, each of 20 mm in diameter and
diameter of 125 mm of suitable length
Thickness 20 mm Service pressure 600 kPa.

Gasket Oil Proof Material

22. SOPEP and SMPEP


Shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP)
MARPOL

Organizatio . guidelines
working language of the master and officers

1. oil pollution incident


Reporting procedure
2. Authorities or Persons List
3. reduce or control
. detailed description
4. C national
. report procedures and point of contact

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


13

Regulation 17
shipboard marine pollution emerg
"Shipboard marine pollution emergency plan"

5,000 tons deadweight or more oil tankers shore-based damage stabili

Shipboard marine pollution emergency plan for Noxious Liquid Substances (SMPEP)

every ship of 150 gross tonnage and above certified to carry


Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk

prepare

1. Noxious Liquid Substances pollution incident


Reporting procedure
2. In the event of Noxious Liquid Substances pollution incident
Authorities or Persons List
3. In Case Of discharge of Noxious Liquid Substances
immediately action . detailed description
4. national
. report procedures and point of contact
Regulation 37 of Annex I
shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP)


. The phrase "all oily mixtures" includes all ballast water and tank washing residues from cargo oil tanks.

En route means that the ship is underway at sea on a course or courses, including deviation from the shortest direct route,
which, as far as practicable for navigation purposes, will cause any discharge to be spread over as great an area of the sea as is
reasonable and practicable.

The segregated ballast system should be a system which is "completely separated from the cargo oil and fuel systems" as
required by regulation. Nevertheless, provision may be made for emergency discharge of the segregated ballast by means of a
connection to a cargo pump through a portable spool piece. In this case non-return valves should be fitted on the segregated
ballast connections to prevent the passage of oil to the segregated ballast tanks. The portable spool piece should be mounted
in a conspicuous position in the pump-room and a permanent notice restricting its use should be prominently displayed
adjacent to it.
Sliding type couplings should not be used for expansion purposes where lines for cargo oil or fuel oil pass through tanks
for segregated ballast, and where lines for segregated ballast pass through cargo oil or fuel oil tanks. This interpretation is
applicable to ships, the keel of which is laid, or which are at a similar stage of construction, on or after 1 July 1992.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


14

Definition of double side wing tanks


Wing tanks required for the protection of the entire cargo tank length by regulation , for the purpose of compliance with
regulation, can be used as cargo tanks for the carriage of oil other than heavy grade oils when the ship is provided with cargo
tanks so arranged that the capacity of each cargo tank does not exceed 700 m 3.

s, other
than crude oils, having either a density at 15C higher than 900 kg/m or a kinematic viscosity at 50C greater than 180 mm2/s.
3

23. MARPOL Annex II four categories


MARPOL Annex II Regulation 6 Noxious Liquid Substance

1. Category X: Noxious Liquid Substances


Tank cleaning or deballasting operations
.sea . discharge marine resources or human health major hazard
Category X marine environment . discharge

2. Category Y: Noxious Liquid Substances


Tank cleaning or deballasting operations
.sea . discharge marine resources or human health or cause harm
to amenities or other legitimate deemed to present a hazard Category Y
quality and quantity marine environment .
discharge
3. Category Z: Noxious Liquid Substances
Tank cleaning or deballasting operations
.sea . discharge marine resources or human health minor
hazard Category Z less stringent restrictions quality
and quantity marine environment . discharge
4. Other Substances
Chapter 18 of IBC Code category column Category X, Y or Z Tank cleaning or
deballasting operations .sea .
discharge
considered to present no harm Other Substances
(Remark: The discharge of bilge or ballast water or other residues or mixtures containing only
j
. four categories liquid substance in bulk carry Governments
of Parties proposed operation As per regulation
Carry the Government of the producing or shipping country agreement carry
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


15

24. . MARPOL Annex II .

1. International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the carriage of NLS in bulk (I.N.L.S.C) Annex II,
Regulation 9
2. Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F)
BCH Code Section 1.6 (Old)
3. International Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) Ch VII,
Regulation 10,IBC Code Section 1.5 (New)
(3 )

1. International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the carriage of NLS in bulk (I.N.L.S.C) Annex II,
Regulation 9

Annual

2. Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F) BCH Code Section 1.6

Chemical Tanker, Before 1st July 1986 constructed


H applies Certificate
of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F) issued
Certificate validity

Survey Loading and Stability Manual . Cargo Record Book examined

3. International Certificate of Fitness for the carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) Ch VII,
Regulation 10,IBC Code Section 1.5 (New)

Chemical Tanker, 1st July 1986 After 1st July 1986 constructed

Code) applies International Certificate of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in
Bulk (I.C.O.F) issued
Certificate validity

Survey Loading and Stability Manual . Cargo Record Book examined

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


16

25. .IBC Code Apply Certificate BCH Code Apply Certificate


.IBC Code Apply International Certificate of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk
(I.C.O.F)
BCH Code Apply Certificate of Fitness for carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (C.O.F)

26. MARPOL Annex II P & A Manual . Cargo Record Book


Procedure And Arrangement Manual (P & A Manual)
Carry Every Ship Administration Approve
Procedure And Arrangement Manual (P & A Manual) Onboard
The main purpose Requirement Of This Annex comply Physical Arrangement

cargo tank ballasting and deballasting P .


Identify
Manual
1. All particular of the Ships Equipment and Arrangements
2. Operational Procedures of cargo unloading and tank cleaning
3. Procedure for discharge of cargo residues, tank washing, slops collection, ballasting and
deballasting
4. Information and Procedures
5. Cargo Tank Information
6. Flow diagram
7. Prewash procedures
8. Ventilation Procedures
9. Additional information and operational instructions
(The Manual will be examined with the INLS Certificate and Cargo Record Book at surveys)

All, Opera, Procedure, Inform, Car, Flow, Pre, Vent,

Cargo Record Book


Annex II Apply Every Ship Cargo Record Book
. Record
. Record (Tank By Tank
Record )
Each Entry officer or officer in charge sign Page . . Master . Sign

Inspection Cargo Record Book onboard keep


Cargo Record Book onboard Preserved
T
Cargo Record Book
Cargo

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


17

Record
a) Loading of cargo
b) Internal transfer of cargo
c) Unloading of cargo
d) Mandatory prewash as per P & A Manual
e) Cleaning of cargo tank except mandatory prewash
f) Discharge in to the sea of tank washing
g) Ballasting of cargo tanks
h) Discharge of ballast water from cargo tanks
i) Accidental or other exceptional discharge
j) Control by authorized surveyors
k) Additional operational procedure and remarks

27. MARPOL Annex II Discharge Standard , Special Area Exceptions


Discharge Standard
B regulation Category X, Y or Z
substances Sea . Discharge Discharge Standard apply

1. the ship is proceeding en route at a speed of at least 7 knots in the case of self-propelled
ships or at least 4 knots in the case of ships which are not self-propelled;
2. the discharge is made below the waterline through the underwater discharge outlet(s)
not exceeding the maximum rate for which the underwater discharge outlet(s) is (are)
designed; and
3. the discharge is made at a distance of not less than 12 nautical miles from the nearest land
in a depth of water of not less than 25 metres
Annex II Special Area
In the Antarctic area any discharge into the sea of Noxious Liquid Substances or mixtures
containing such substances is prohibited. (Antarctic Area means the sea area south of latitude
60S)
Exceptions ( Same As Annex I Exceptions)
. safety of a ship or saving life at sea necessary for the purpose of securing ( .)ship
or its equipment damage result Annex II apply

all reasonable precautions provide damage or discovery discharge

Owner or Master . intent to cause damage or recklessly that damage probably result
( .) the purpose of combating specific pollution incidents Administration approved
to minimize the damage from pollution Annex II Discharge
apply

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


18

MARPOL Annex II
Anniversary date means the day and the month of each year which will correspond to the date of expiry of the
International Pollution Prevention Certificate for the Carriage of Noxious Liquid Substances in Bulk.
Ballast water
Clean ballast means ballast water carried in a tank which, since it was last used to carry a cargo containing a
substance in Category X, Y or Z, has been thoroughly cleaned and the residues resulting there from have been
discharged and the tank emptied in accordance with the appropriate requirements of this Annex.
Segregated ballast means ballast water introduced into a tank permanently allocated to the carriage of ballast or
cargoes other than oil or Noxious Liquid Substances as variously defined in the Annexes of the present Convention,
and which is completely separated from the cargo and oil fuel system.
Depth of water means the charted depth.
En route means that the ship is under way at sea on a course or courses, including deviation from the shortest direct
route, which as far as practicable for navigational purposes, will cause any discharge to be spread over as great an
area of the sea as is reasonable and practicable.
Nearest land. The term from the nearest land means from the baseline from which the territorial sea in question
is established in accordance with international law,
Noxious Liquid Substance means any substance indicated in the Pollution Category column of chapter 17 or 18 of
the International Bulk Chemical Code or provisionally assessed under the provisions of regulation 6.3 as falling into
Category X, Y or Z.
PPM means ml/m3.
Residue means any noxious liquid substance which remains for disposal.
Residue/water mixture means residue to which water has been added for any purpose (e.g. tank cleaning,
ballasting, bilge slops).
Solidifying/non-solidifying
Solidifying Substance means a noxious liquid substance which:
.1. in the case of a substance with a melting point of less than 15C, is at a temperature of less than 5C above its
melting point at the time of unloading; or
.2. in the case of a substances with a melting point of equal to or greater than 15C, is at a temperature of less than
10C above its melting point at the time of unloading.
Non-solidifying Substance means a noxious liquid substance, which is not a Solidifying Substance.
Tanker
Chemical tanker means a ship constructed or adapted for the carriage in bulk of any liquid product listed in chapter
17 of the International Bulk Chemical Code;
NLS tanker means a ship constructed or adapted to carry a cargo of Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk and includes
an oil tanker as defined in Annex I of the present Convention when certified to carry a cargo or part cargo of
Noxious Liquid Substances in bulk.
Viscosity
High-Viscosity Substance means a noxious liquid substance in Category X or Y with a viscosity equal to or greater
than 50 mPa.s at the unloading temperature.
Low-Viscosity Substance means a noxious liquid substance, which is not a High-Viscosity Substance.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


19

28. . Annex III


Annex III of MARPOL 73/78 Regulations for the Prevention of Pollution by Harmful
Substances Carried by Sea in Packaged Form
Annex III Regulation 8 Appendix
Regulation 8 Appendix
Regulation 1 Application
Regulation 2 Packing
Regulation 3 - Marking and labeling
Regulation 4 - Documentation
Regulation 5 Stowage
Regulation 6 - Quantity limitations
Regulation 7 - Exceptions
Regulation 8 - Port State control on operational requirements
Appendix to Annex III - Criteria for the identification of harmful substances in packaged form

Regulation 1 Application

Harmful substances International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code (IMDG Code)

Packaged form the


f

H
Detailed requi

Previously

Regulation 2 Packing
specific contents .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


20

Regulation 3 - Marking and labeling


(for example, by use of the relevant United Nations


number)
H

Regulation 4 Documentation
Harmful substances carriage by sea
correct technical name (trade names alone shall not be used)
addition identified . "MARINE POLLUTANT"
Shipper supplied
to minimize the hazard to the marine environment
a signed certificate or declaration

before departure

special list or manifest or a detailed stowage plan documents


the carriage of dangerous goods by the International
Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974
harmful substances covered by this Annex
clear dist

Regulation 5 Stowage
The safety of the ship and persons on board to minimize the hazards to the marine
Harmful substance properly stowed and secured

Regulation 6 - Quantity limitations

The packaging and to size,


construction and equipment of the ship

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


21

Regulation 7 - Exceptions

The purpose of securing the safety of the ship or saving life at

29. MARPOL Annex III refer


disposal

MARPOL Annex III . Emergency Operation Procedures I.M.D.G Code, Supplement Refer

Expired Pyrotechnics ashore, either back to original supplier, or to service station or to the local
coast guard or police .

30. Sewage Definition . Sewage System (3)

"Sewage" means:
1. drainage and other wastes from any form of toilets and urinals;
2. drainage from medical premises (dispensary, sick bay, etc.) via wash basins, wash tubs and
scuppers located in such premises;
3. drainage from spaces containing living animals; or
4. other waste waters when mixed with the drainages defined above.

Regulation 9 - Sewage Systems

Annex IV, Regulation 2 comply provisions of this Annex


sewage system equipped
1. Organization . Administration approved
a sewage treatment plant ( .)
2. Administration approved a sewage comminuting and disinfecting system,
when the ship is less than 3 nautical miles from the nearest land sewage
temporary storage Administration facilities
( .)
3. the number of persons on board and other relevant factors operation of the ship
Administration capacity .
a holding tank (Indicate visually the amount of its contents) constructed

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


22

31. Annex IV Apply

Annex IV Regulation 2 Application international voyages


Apply
1. new ships of 400 gross tonnage and above; and
2. new ships of less than 400 gross tonnage which are certified to carry more than 15 persons;
and
3. existing ships of 400 gross tonnage and above, five years after the date of entry into force of
this Annex; and
4. existing ships of less than 400 gross tonnage which are certified to carry more than 15 persons,
five years after the date of entry into force of this Annex.
"New ship" means a ship:
1. for which the building contract is placed, or in the absence of a building contract, the keel of which
Is laid, or which is at a similar stage of construction, on or after the date of entry into force of this
Annex; or
2. the delivery of which is three years or more after the date of entry into force of this Annex.

"Existing ship" means a ship which is not a new ship.

32. Annex IV Discharge Criteria


The discharge of sewage into the sea is prohibited, except when:
Annex IV Regulation 9.1.2 Administration approved a sewage comminuting
and disinfecting system system comminuted and
a distance of more than 3 nautical miles from the nearest land
discharging ( .)
Not comminut a distance of more than 12 nautical miles from
the nearest land discharging the ship is en route
discharged instantaneously
discharged Organization . standards . Administration approved

sewage treatment plant regulation 9.1.1 of this Annex operational


. Administration certified approved sewag

the test results of the plant


laid down . Additional . surrounding
water visible floating solids ( .) coloration of surrounding water produce

When the sewage is mixed with wastes or waste water covered by other Annexes of MARPOL
73/78, the requirements of those Annexes shall be complied with in addition to the requirements of
this Annex.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


23

33. Annex IV certificate

Annex IV International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC)


International Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate (ISPPC)
Any accordance with
the provisions of regulation 4 of this Annex after an initial or renewal survey An international
Sewage Pollution Prevention Certificate issue

any persons or
organization

accordance with of regulation 4


A renewal survey ( at intervals specified by the

renewals are
An initial survey (before the ship is put in service or before the Certificate) under regulation 5

A renewal survey ( at intervals specified by the Administration, but not exceeding five years)
regulation 8.2, 8.5, 8.6 or 8.7

An additional survey (any important repairs or renewals are made, survey either general

Certificate of Not exceeds 5 years

34. Annex IV Regulation 10 Standard Discharge Connections

Regulation 10 -Standard Discharge Connections


Pipes of reception facilities accordance with the following
table standard discharge connection both lines fitted
Flanges Outside diameter 210 mm Bolt circle diameter 170 mm

Inner diameter maximum internal Bolts and nuts 4, each of 16 mm in diameter and
diameter of 100 mm of suitable length

Thickness 16 mm Service pressure 600 kPa.

Gasket Oil Proof Material Slots in flange 4 holes 18 mm in diameter


equidistantly placed

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


24

For ships having a moulded depth of 5 metres and less, the inner diameter of the discharge
connection may be 38 millimetres.

be fitted with a discharge connection which can be accepted by the Administration, such as quick
connection couplings.

35. Annex IV

ANNEX IV Special Area

(1) Baltic sea area (2) Other Se Area designated by organization

36. What is the Garbage?

Garbage means all kinds of food wastes, domestic wastes and operational wastes, all plastics,
cargo residues, incinerator ashes, cooking oil, fishing gear, and animal carcasses generated during
the normal operation of the ship and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically except
those substances which are defined or listed in other Annexes to the present Convention.
Garbage does not include fresh fish and parts thereof generated as a result of fishing activities
undertaken during the voyage, or as a result of aquaculture activities which involve the transport of
fish including shellfish for placement in the aquaculture facility and the transport of harvested fish
including shellfish from such facilities to shore for processing.

37. MARPOL Annex V


MARPOL Annex V Special Areas
(1) Baltic sea (2) black sea (3) Red sea (4) Mediterranean Sea
(5) North sea (6) gulf area (7)Wider Caribbean region (8) Antarctica area.

38. MARPOL Annex V Discharge Criteria


Regulation 3(new reg.) General prohibition on discharge of garbage into the sea
1. all garbage
2. Reg. 7 all plastics, including but not limited to synthetic ropes, synthetic fishing nets, plastic
garbage bags and incinerator ashes from plastic products

3. Reg. 7 cooking oil

Regulation 4 : Discharge of garbage outside special areas


Regulation 6 :Discharge of garbage within special areas

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


25


Reg 3.1

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


26

Outside special areas:


Shall Only Be Made When The Ship Is En route
Not greater than 25mm screen with openings pass through comminuted/ground food
waste not less than 3nm from the nearest land discharge into the sea

Food waste and C not less


than 12 nm from the nearest land discharge into the sea
as far from the nearest land discharge into the sea

not
harmful to the marine environment discharge into the sea

Inside special areas:


Shall Only Be Made When The Ship Is En route
Not greater than 25mm screen with openings pass through comminuted/ground food
waste not less than 12nm from the nearest land (or) the nearest ice shelf
discharge into the sea
Only if the ship is special area between ports Arrival And Departure
adequate reception facilities
not less than 12nm from the nearest land (or) the nearest ice shelf
discharge into the sea
not
harmful to the marine environment discharge into the sea

Regulation 7 Exception

Enroute
1. Securing .)
2.

3. accidental
4. fishing

Not Enroute
1.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


27

39. MARPOL Garbage (9) (or) MARPOL Annex V Garbage Categories


Garbage categories:
A. Plastics
B. Food wastes
C. Domestic wastes (e.g., paper products, rags, glass, metal, bottles, crockery, etc.)
D. Cooking oil
E. Incinerator Ashes
F. Operational wastes
G. Cargo residues
H. Animal Carcass(es)
I. Fishing gear

40. MARPOL Annex V Regulation 9


Reg :9 Placards, garbage management plans and garbage record-keeping
Placards
Every ship of 12 metres or more in LOA placards of the disposal requirements display


Garbage Management Plan
GT 100 15 persons or more a garbage
management plan Garbage Management Plan procedure
Provide
collecting, storing, processing and disposing of garbage and use of the equipment on board


w.
Garbage Record book
GT 400 . 15 persons or more Garbage
Record Book
01 January 2013 The Garbage Record Book and
the Record of Garbage Discharges New Garbage categories .
recorded amendments .


GRB Operation Record Officer In Charge Operation Sign

Entries English, French or Spanish language Record .


Flag State Official Language Record

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


28

Each Discharge or Incineration Entry date /time, position, description of


the garbage description of the garbage and the estimate amount discharged or incinerated
.
Garbage Record Book Reasonable time inspection Garbage
Record Book onboard keep Period of two year after last entry garbage
record book onboard keep
Regulation 7 of this Annex Dscharge or Accidental GRB entry
Less than 400 GT s Log Book Entry

Cargo residues means the remnants of any cargo which are not covered by other
Annexes to the present MARPOL Convention and which remain on the deck or in
holds following loading or unloading, including loading and unloading excess or
spillage, whether in wet or dry condition or entrained in wash water but does not
include cargo dust remaining on the deck after sweeping or dust on the external

4.2 Amount of garbage


The amount of garbage on board should be estimated in cubic metres, if possible separately according to category.
The Garbage Record Book contains many references to estimated amount of garbage. It is recognized that the
accuracy of estimating amounts of garbage is left to interpretation. Volume estimates will differ before and after
processing. Some processing procedures may not allow for a usable estimate of volume, e.g. the continuous
processing of food waste. Such factors should be taken into consideration when making and interpreting entries made
in a record.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


29

APPENDIX 1
FORM OF GARBAGE RECORD BOOK
Name of ship __________________________________
Distinctive number or letters ______________________
IMO Number ___________________________________
Period _____________ From______________ To______________

1 Introduction
In accordance with regulation 10 of Annex V of the International Convention for the
Prevention of Pollution from Ships 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL), a
record is to be kept of each discharge operation or completed incineration. This includes
discharges into the sea, to reception facilities, or to other ships, as well as the accidental loss
of garbage.

2 Garbage and garbage management


Garbage means all kinds of food wastes, domestic wastes and operational wastes, plastics,
cargo residues, cooking oil, fishing gear, and animal carcasses generated during the normal
operation of the ship and liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically except those
substances which are defined or listed in other Annexes to the present Convention. Garbage
does not include fresh fish and parts therof generated as a result of fishing activities
undertaken during the voyage, or as a result of aquaculture activities which involve the
transport of fish including shellfish for placement in the aquaculture facilities and the
transport of harvested fish including shellfish from such facilities to shore for processing.
The Guidelines for the Implementation of Annex V of MARPOL should also be referred to for
relevant information.

3 Description of the garbage


Garbage is to be grouped into categories for the purposes of the Garbage Record Book (or
ship?s official log-book) as follows:

A Plastics
B Food wastes
C Domestic Wastes
D Cooking Oil
E Incinerator ashes
F Operational wastes
G Cargo residues
H Animal Carcass(es)
I Fishing Gear
____________________________
1
Refer to the Guidelines for the Implementation of Annex V of MARPOL 73/78, as amended by resolutions.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


30

4 Entries in the Garbage Record Book

4.1 Entries in the Garbage Record Book shall be made on each of the following occasions:

4.1.1 When garbage is discharged to a reception facility ashore or to other ships:


.1 Date and time of discharge
.2 Port or facility, or name of ship
.3 Categories of garbage discharged
.4 Estimated amount discharged for each category in cubic metres
.5 Signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

4.1.2 When garbage is incinerated:


.1 Date and time of start and stop of incineration
.2 Position of the ship (latitude and longitude) at the start and stop of incineration
.3 Categories of garbage incinerated
.4 Estimated amount incinerated in cubic metres
.5 Signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

4.1.3 When garbage is discharged into the sea in accordance with regulations 4, 5
or 6 of Annex V of MARPOL:
.1 Date and time of discharge
.2 Position of the ship (latitude and longitude). Note: for cargo residue
discharges, include discharge start and stop positions.
.3 Category of garbage discharged
.4 Estimated amount discharged for each category in cubic metres
.5 Signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

4.1.4 Accidental or other exceptional discharges or loss of garbage into the sea,
including in accordance with regulation 7 of MARPOL Annex V:
.1 Date and time of occurrence
.2 Port or position of the ship at time of occurrence (latitude, longitude and
water depth if known)
.3 Categories of garbage discharged or lost
.4 Estimated amount for each category in cubic metres
.5 The reason for the discharge or loss and general remarks.

_____________________________
Refer to Guidelines developed by the Organization.
In line with the standard format for waste delivery receipt, MEPC.1/Circ.645, ship?s masters should
obtain from the operator of the reception facilities, which includes barges and trucks, a receipt or certificate
specifying the estimated amount of garbage transferred. The receipts or certificates must be kept together with
the Garbage Record Book.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


31

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


32

MARPOL Annex V
1. Animal carcasses means the bodies of any animals that are carried on board as cargo and that die or are
euthanized during the voyage.

2. Cargo residues means the remnants of any cargo which are not covered by other Annexes and which remain on the
deck or in holds following loading or unloading, whether in wet or dry condition but does not include cargo dust on the
deck or external surfaces of the ship.

3. Cooking oil means any type of edible oil or animal fat used or intended to be used for the preparation or cooking of
food, but does not include the food itself that is prepared using these oils.

4. Domestic wastes means all types of wastes not covered by other Annexes that are generated in the accommodation
spaces on board the ship. Domestic wastes does not include grey water.

5. Food wastes means any spoiled or unspoiled food substances and includes fruits, vegetables,dairy products, poultry
) meat products and food scraps generated aboard ship.

6. Garbage means all kinds of food wastes, domestic wastes and operational wastes, all plastics, cargo residues,
incinerator ashes,cooking oil, fishing gear, and animal carcasses generated during the normal operation of the ship and
liable to be disposed of continuously or periodically except those substances which are defined or listed in other
Annexes to the present Convention.Garbage does not include fresh fish and parts thereof generated as a result of
fishing activities undertaken during the voyage,
or
as a result of aquaculture activities which involve the transport of fish including shellfish for placement in the
aquaculture facility and the transport of harvested fish including shellfish from such facilities to shore for processing.

7. Incinerator ashes means ash and clinkers resulting from shipboard incinerators used for the incineration of garbage.

41. MARPOL Annex VI Air Pollution (6) Sources


According to MARPOL Annex VI, six sources of air pollution from ships are
1. Emission of Ozone Depleting Substances
2. Nitrogen Oxide Emission from Diesel Engine
3. Sulphur Oxide Emission
4. Emission of Volatile Organic Compounds
5. The incineration of Shipboard wastes
6. Fuel Oil Quality
1.Emission of Ozone Depleting Substances (Reg -12)
On Board Ship Ozone Depleting Substances
Halon- 1211 CFC -11 CFC-113
Halon- 1301 CFC -12 CFC-114
Halon- 2402 CFC-115 . . . Limit

Hydrochlorocarbons Ozone Depleting Substances

Hyrochlorocarbons 1st Jan 2020


MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


33

2.Nitrogen Oxide Emission from Diesel Engine (NOx) /(Reg-13)


Diesel Engine more than 130 kw Regulation Apply
Emergency Diesel Engine, Lifeboat Engines and Any Devices (or) In Case Of Emergency
Apply
Emission Of NOx Weight . Limited Tier I (Before 2011), Tier II (2011-2016) and
Tier III (After 2016)
NOx
1. North American Area
2. United Caribbean Area
3. Any Other Sea Area, including any port area
3.Sulphur Oxide Emission (Reg-14)
The sulphur content of any fuel used on board ships shall not exceed
1. 4.5% m/m prior to 1st Jan 2012
2. 3.5% m/m prior on and after 1st Jan 2012
3. 0.5% m/m prior on and after 1st Jan 2020
SOx
1. Baltic Sea
2. North American Area
3. United Caribbean Sea Area
4. North Sea
5. Any Other Sea Area, including port areas designated by Organization
Requirements within SOx emission control area
The sulphur content of fuel oil used onboard ships, does not exceed
1. 1.5% m/m prior to 1st July 2010
2. 1.0% m/m prior on and after 1st July 2010
3. 0.1% m/m prior on and after 1st Jan 2015
Supplier fuel oil Sulphur Content Documented
Sufficient time Procedure
Administration prescribed date, time & position Volume of low
Log Book record
4.Emission of Volatile Organic Compounds (Reg-15)
Under the jurisdiction Volatile Organic
Compounds (VOCs
Organization . Tankers For VOCs
.
Administration Approved control
Administration Approved VOC management plan Crude Oil Tanker
5.The incineration of Shipboard wastes (Reg-15)
The following incineration shall be prohibited.
1. Annex I, II, and III cargo residues and Contaminated packing material
2. Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs)
3. Garbage containing more than traces of Heavy Metals
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
34

4. Refined petroleum containing Halogen Compounds


5. Sewage Sludge and Sludge Oil which is not generated onboard the ship
6. Exhaust gas cleaning system re dues
Plolyvinyl Chloride (PVC) shall be prohibited except incinerator with IMO typed approval Certificate
Sewage sludge and sludge oil generated during normal operation of ship, shall not take place inside
ports, harbours and estuaries

6.Fuel Oil Quality (Reg- 18)

1. Shall be blended of hydrocarbon derived from petroleum refining


2. Shall be free from inorganic acid
3. Shall not include any added substance or chemical waste that
jeopardize safety of ship or adversely affects performance of machinery
Harmful to personal
Contributes overall to additional air pollution

Bunker Delivery Note (Reg-18)


Shall be kept on board to be readily available for inspection
Retained for 3 years, after the fuel oil has been delivered on board
Shall be accompanied by a representative sample of the fuel oil
nd the Master or Officer in
charge of the bunker operation
Sample should retained until fuel is consumed but not less than 12 months from the time of delivery
42. IAPP IEEC

International Air Pollution Prevention Certificate (IAPP Certificate)


Every Ship 400 GT and above
Platforms and Drilling rigs engaged in voyages to waters under other parties
Issue by the Administration or person or organization authorized by it
At least in English, French or Spanish and also official language
Validity not exceeding 5 years

International Energy Effciency Certificate (IEEC Certificate)
Every Ship 400 GT and above
Issue by the Administration or person or organization authorized by it
At least in English, French or Spanish and also official language
Shall be valid throughout the life of ship
Cease to be valid (1) withdrawn from service or new certificate issue
(2) Transfer of flag

Content information (1) Particulars (2) Propulsion system (3) Attended EEDI (5) Required EEDI
(6) Ship energy efficiency Managements Plan (7) EEDI Technical file

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


35

43. Attained EEDI SEEMP

Attained Energy Efficiency Design Index (EEDI) / (Reg-20)

Shall indicate estimate performance of ship in terms of energy efficiency


Accompanied by EEDI Technical file that contain information necessary for calculation of attained
EEDI and shows process of calculation.

Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP)

Each ship keep onboard specific ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan (SEEMP)

44.

ANNEX I Special Area


For the purposes of this Annex, the special areas are defined as follows:
(1) the Mediterranean Sea area (2) the Baltic Sea area (3) the Black Sea area means (4) the Red Sea
area (5)the Gulfs area (6) the Gulf of Aden area (7) the Antarctic area (8) the North West
European waters (9) the Oman area of the Arabian Sea (10) the Southern South African waters

ANNEX II Special Area


In the Antarctic area any discharge into the sea of Noxious Liquid Substances or mixtures
containing such substances is prohibited. (Antarctic Area means the sea area south of latitude
60S)
ANNEX III Special Area
NIL

ANNEX IV Special Area

(1) Baltic sea area (2) Other Se Area designated by organization

ANNEX V Special Area

(1) Baltic sea (2) black sea (3) Red sea (4) Mediterranean Sea (5) North sea
(6) gulf area (7)Wider Caribbean region (8) Antarctica area.
ANNEX VI Special Area

NOx Emission Control Area


(1)North American Area (2)United Caribbean Area (3)Any Other Sea Area, including any port area
SOx emission control area
(1)Baltic Sea (2)North American Area (3)United Caribbean Sea Area (4)North Sea
(5)Any Other Sea Area, including port areas designated by Organization

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


36

45. STCW proper name Amendment

International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978

The international Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers
(STCW), 1978, was adopted on 7 July 1978 entered into force on 28 April 1984.
The 1991 amendments, relating GMDSS and conduct of trials, were adopted by resolution MSC.21(59)
and entered into force on 1st December 1992.
The 1994 amendments on special training requirements for personnel on tankers were adopted by
resolution MSC.33 (63) and entered into force on 1st January 1996.
The 1995 amendments revised in 1995 and revised version is known as STCW 95 (entered into force
on 1st February 1997, fully effected on 1st February 2002)
The STCW Code contains, in: Part A & Part B
The 1997 amendments, relating to training of personnel on passenger and ro-ro passenger ships,
were adopted by resolutions MSC.66(68) and MSC.67(68), amendments entered into force on 1st
January 1999.
The 1998 amendments, relating to enhanced competence in cargo handling and stowage, particularly
in respect of bulk cargoes, were adopted by resolution MSC.78(70), entered into force on 1st January
2003.
The May 2004 amendments, adjusting certificates and endorsements, were adopted by resolution
MSC.156(78) and taking into account on-load and off-load devices in the competence relating to
survival crafts and rescue boats other than fast rescue boats, were adopted by resolution
MSC.l80(79). Both sets of amendments entered into force on 1st July 2006.
The 2006 amendments, new measures pertaining to ship security officers, were adopted by resolution
MSC.209(81) and entered into force on 1st January 2008.
The 2010 amendments (the Manila Amendments) June 2010 at Manila, Philippines entered into force on
January 2012

46. STCW Resolution I

Resolution I Chapter (8)


Chapter I General provisions
Chapter II Master and deck department
Chapter III Engine department
Chapter IV Radio communication and radio operators
Chapter V Special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships
Chapter VI Emergency. occupational safety. security, medical care and survival functions
Chapter Vll Alternative certification
Chapter Vlll Watchkeeping

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


37

Convention Article (17) Resolution (19)


Annex
Chapter I General provisions (Regulation 1 to 15)
Chapter II Master and deck department (Regulation 1 to 50)
Chapter III Engine department ( Regulation 1 to 7)
Chapter IV Radio communication and radio operators (Regulation 1 to 2)
Chapter V Special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships
(Regulation 1 to 2)
Chapter VI Emergency. occupational safety. security, medical care and survival functions
(Regulation 1 to 6)
Chapter Vll Alternative certification (Regulation 1 to 3)
Chapter Vlll Watchkeeping Regulation (Regulation 1 to 2)

STCW Code . Part A and Part B


Part A Chapter I to VIII
Chapter I Standards regarding general provisions
Chapter II Standards regarding the master and deck department
Chapter III Standards regarding engine department
Chapter IV Standards regarding radio operators
Chapter V Standards regarding special training requirements for personnel on certain types of
ships
Chapter VI Standards regarding emergency. occupational safety. security, medical care and
survival functions
Chapter VII Standards regarding alternative certification
Chapter Vlll Standards regarding watchkeeping
(Part A PSC )
Part B Chapter I to VIII . Recommended Guide Line
Chapter I Guidance regarding general provisions
Chapter II Guidance regarding the master and the deck department
Chapter III Guidance regarding the engine department
Chapter IV Guidance regarding radio communication and radio operators
Chapter V Guidance regarding special training requirements for personnel on certain types of ships
Chapter VI Guidance regarding emergency. occupational safety. security,medical care and survival
functions
Chapter VII Guidance regarding alternative certification
Chapter Vlll Guidance regarding watchkeeping

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


38

47. STCW
1. War and Navy Ship
2. Fishing Vessel
3. Pleasure Yacht not engaged in trade
4.

( )

48. STCW System

Stream Line Reference System .


.
- Reg I/9 Medical Standard
- Section A I/9 Medical Standard
- Section B I/9 Regarding Medical Standard

49. STCW Main Area


Main Area (5)
1. Shipboard Familiarization
2. Hours of work
3. Training
4. Medicals
5. Certification

50. STCW Level Of Responsibility

Level Of Responsibility (3)


1. Management Level Master, Chief Mate, C/E and 2/E
ensure )
2. Operation Level Watchkeeping Officers
all function . performance direct control maintain
3. Support Level Watch ratings and other ratings with safety & pollution
prevention responsibilities
(Management ( .) Operation level assigned tasks )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


39

51. STCW Standard of Competence grouping


(STCW Part A 7 Functions )

The abilities specified in the standards of competence are grouped, as appropriate, under the
following seven functions:
1. Navigation (For Deck Department OOW)
2 Cargo handling and stowage (For Deck Department CO)
3 Controlling the operation of the ship and care for persons on board (For Deck Department Master)
4 Marine engineering
5 Electrical, electronic and control engineering
6 Maintenance and repair
7 Radiocommunications (For Deck Department 2/0)

52. STCW Regulation I/4

Control Procedure
A duly authorized control officer . control
accordance with the Convention
( .) valid ( .) In accordance with the regulation
endorsement Administration . apply proof documentary
verification
S Administration applicable safe manning requirements
verification
Required by the Convention watchkeeping and security standards
maintain . such standards are not being maintained
Seafarers . ability assessment
1. (or)
2. under way, at anchor or at
discharge (or)
3. Routeing measures Organization or safe navigation practices and procedures
follow an erratic ( manoeuvred
(or)
4. Persons, property, the environment, or a compromise to security .

Persons, property or the environment . Deficiencies

S . appropriate certificate,

Administration . safe manning requirements comply


Administration specified requirem .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


40

Watch Qualified Person . Safe Navigation


Essential E ( .) Safety Radio Communications ( .)

Persons who sufficiently rested


provide
ability
Control Party deficiencies . determined correct
(Party may detain a ship.)

53. STCW Regulation I/7 (or) What is the White List


Communication of information

Convention Party Required by the Code


full and complete effect Secretary-
General . provide
Party . full and complete effect information the Secretary-General
administrative, training, education, certification . report
the Maritime Safety Committee .
full and comple Maritime Safety Committee accordance
with procedures confirmation Committee adopted
54. STCW Regulation I/9
Medical standards

Accordance with the provisions of this regulation and of section A-1/9 Each Party
medical fitness for seafarers standards
establish
The purpose of seafarer medical examinations Each Party recognized medical
practitioner list publish
Every seafarer, who is serving at sea, accordance with the provisions of this regulation
issue valid medical certificate
Every candidate for certification shall:
1. Not less than 16 years of age
2. Satisfactory proof of his identity
3. Applicable medical fitness standards established by the Party
Seafarer maximum period of validity 2 years medical certificate Under the
age of 18 maxi
voyage until the
next port of call continue in force Continue period
Nex . a medical practitioner recognized by the Party medical check
up

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


41

55. STCW Regulation I/10


Recognition of certificates (C.O.R)
A master, off under the authority of another Party issued
certificate in accordance with regulation 1/2, paragraph 7 endorsement
recognize the provisions of this regulation comply Each Administration
ensure
Standards of competence, training and certification and quality standards the
requirements of the Convention fully complied Administration confirm
Authorize Party Authorize Party confirm facilities and
procedure inspection
Training and certification change .
compliance with the Convention Agree Party
STCW Code defined regulations II/2, III/2, III/3 or VII/1 (management level
issue certificates Administration the maritime
legislation & knowledge perform

56. STCW Watch Arrangement


Watch arrangements
When deciding the composition of the watch on the bridge, which may include appropriately qualified
ratings, the following factors, inter alia, shall be taken into account:
1 at no time shall the bridge be left unattended;
2 weather conditions, visibility and whether there is daylight or darkness;
3 proximity of navigational hazards which may make it necessary for the officer in charge of the watch
to carry out additional navigational duties;
4 use and operational condition of navigational aids such as ECDIS, radar or electronic position-
indicating devices and any other equipment affecting the safe navigation of the ship;
5 whether the ship is fitted with automatic steering;
6 whether there are radio duties to be performed;'
7 unmanned machinery space (UMS) controls, alarms and indicators provided on the bridge, procedures
for their use and their limitations; and
8 any unusual demands on the navigational watch that may arise as a result of special operational
circumstances.

57. STCW Regulation I/11


Revalidation of certificates (Regulation I/11)
Certificate qualify for seagoing
service 5 years .

Regulation I/9
Section A1/II (
Demotion )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


42

57. STCW Regulation I/14


Responsibilities Of Companies
Convention, and shall require every such company to ensure that:
1. Accordance with the of the Convention Administration assigned to any of its
ships appropriate certificate
2. Administration safe manning requirements
3. required by the Convention

4. . their experience, training, medical fitness and


competency in assigned duties . documentation and relevant data maintained

5. Company . assign Seafarers


specific duties, arrangements, installations, equipment, procedures and ship

6. Safety, security or pollution emergency situation their activities


complement
7. in accordance with chapter V, regulation 14, paragraphs 3 and 4 of the International Convention
for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS) working
Language

58. STCW Chapter II Deck Department


STCW Convention Annex . Chapter II Deck Department Mandatory minimum requirements for

Regulation II/1 Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational
watch on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more (OOW)
Regulation II/2 Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of masters and chief mates
on ships of 500 gross tonnage or more (Master & Mate)
Regulation II/3 Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of officers in charge of a navigational
watch and of masters on ships of less than 500 gross tonnage
OOW (NCV) & Master (NCV)
Regulation II/4 Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings forming part of a
navigational watch ( Rating Watch)
Regulation II/5 Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able seafarer deck

59. Myanmar Merchant Shipping Act

Myanmar Merchant Shipping Act


Master (F.G) _______ Deck Officer Class I
First Mate (F.G) ______Deck Officer Class II
2nd Mate (F.G) _______ Deck Officer Class III
Master (N.C.V) _______ Deck Officer Class IV
Mate (N.C.V) ________ Deck Officer Class V

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


43

60. STCW Chapter III, IV, V & VI

Chapter III Regulation III/1 to III/7 Engine Department

Chapter IV Regulation IV/1 & IV/2


Regulation IV/1 Application ( the global maritime distress and safety system
(GMDSS) )
Regulation IV/2 Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of GMDSS radio

Chapter V Regulation V/1-1, V 1-2 & V/2


Regulation V/1-1 Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications
of masters, officers and ratings on oil and chemical tankers
Regulation V/1-2 Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications
of masters, officers and ratings on liquefied gas tankers
Regulation V/2 Mandatory minimum requirements for the training and qualifications of
masters,officers, ratings and other personnel on passenger ships

Chapter VI Regulation VI/1 to VI/6


Regulation VI/1 Mandatory minimum requirements for safety familiarization, basic
training and instruction for all seafarers (B.S.T Certoficate)
Regulation VI/2 Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of
proficiency in survival craft, rescue boats and fast rescue boats (C.O.P in PSCRB)
Regulation VI/3 Mandatory minimum requirements for training in advanced fire
fighting (A.F.F Certificate)
Regulation VI/4 Mandatory minimum requirements relating to medical first aid and
medical care (M.F.A & A.M.C Certificate)
Regulation VI/5 Mandatory minimum requirements for the issue of certificates of
proficiency for ship security officers (C.O.P in S.S.O)
Regulation VI/5 Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and
instruction for all seafarers (S.S.A Certificate)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


44

61. STCW Fitness for duty (or) STCW Rest Period (or) STCW Hour
of Work
Regulation VIII/1 Fitness for duty Section A-VIII/1 of the STCW Code
Accordance with section A-VIII/1 of the STCW Code safety, security and prevention of
.

1. Any 24-hour period minimum 10 hours rest period


2. In any 7-day period total rest period 77 hours
3. H two period 6 hours
Rest Period 14 hours
4. In the case of an emergency or in other overriding operational conditions (Musters, fire-fighting
and lifeboat drills, and drills prescribed by national laws and regulations and by international
instruments N0. 2 . NO.3 maintain
minimize
5.
Administration accessible posted

6. Seafarer normal period of rest call-o rest period


compensate
7. Provisions of this section comply monitoring and verification working

Administrations maintain
the Master or the Master authorized person
seafarer copy of dail
8. Safety of the ship, Safety of persons on board or safety of cargo, or for the purpose of giving
perform to work
schedule of rest hours Master .
suspend After normal situation rest period perform to work
seafarer Master
9. Schedule of rest hours Party
In any 7-day period total rest period 77 hours In any 7-day period total
rest period 70 hours extension period

Two period of Rest Hour exception not more than three period
one period 6 hours in length the
other two periods one period Rest Period
14 hours . Exceptions period 7-day period
24-hour periods
10. For the purpose of preventing alcohol abuse Masters, Officers and O
0.05%
blood alcohol level (BAC) or 0.25 mg/l alcohol in the breath limit

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


45

62. MLC Hour of Work


1. Maximum hours of work Any 24hrs period (not exceed 14hrs)
In each 7 days (not exceed 72hrs)
2. Minimum hours of rest Any 24hrs period (not less than 10hrs)
In each 7 days (not less than 77hrs)
3. Resting Period not more than two period
4. Interval between consecutive rest period must not exceed 14hrs
63. S.S.O . S.S.O
S.S.O SOLAS . ISPS Code S.S.O STCW
CH VI/5
64. C.O.C . C.O.P
STCW Chapter II, III, IV & VII C.O.C
STCW Chapter V & VI C.O.P
65. Four Tickets
Regulation VI/1 Seafarers accordance with section A-VI/1 of the STCW Code

Section A-VI/1
1 personal survival techniques
2 fire prevention and fire fighting
3 elementary first aid
4 personal safety and social responsibilities

66. STCW 2010 Manila Amendents


Regulation I/11 (Revalidation of certificates)
Regulation II/5 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able
seafarer deck)
Regulation III/5 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of ratings as able
seafarer engine in a manned)
Regulation III/6 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical
officers)
Regulation III/7 (Mandatory minimum requirements for certification of electro-technical
ratings)
Regulation VI/6 (Mandatory minimum requirements for security-related training and
instruction for all seafarers )
Section A-VIII/1 (Fitness for duty)
( Changes )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


46

67. MLC 2006 . History ?


On 23 , 94th International Labour Conference (Maritime) adopted
. Condition of work .
for competition create
Quality Shipping
MLC 1920 ILO adopted 68 Maritime Labour
Convention global standard
At Least 30 members (33% of world GT) total share . after
12months ( .= 20th Aug 2012)
2001 Seafarers . Joint resolution result shipping industry
. . new convention
. jurisdiction & control
countries . shipowner
Current Maritime Labour Convention . present level maintain New convention

. foreign part . inspection .


avoid & reduce

68. MLC
Content (3) Main Parts
1. Regulation The Code (contain the detail for implementation of the regulation)
2. Part A - (Mandatory Standard)
3. Part B (Non Mandatory, Guidelines)
Code . Part A Title 5 . .
STCW streamline reference . MLC vertically integrated
. ( )
For example: The first group in Titile 1, consist of Regulation 1.1, Standard A 1.1 and Guide line B 1.1

69. Title 5
Title 1: Minimum requirements for seafarers to work on a ship
Title 2: Conditions of employment
Title 3: Accommodation, recreational facilities, food and catering
Title 4: Health protection, medical care, welfare and social security protection
Title 5: Compliance and enforcement

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


47

70. MLC minimum age Purpose Minimum age


Purpose: Under-age persons work on a ship
Under the age of 16 engagement or work on board a ship prohibited
Seafarers under the age of 18 Night work prohibited
Definition of Night
Night interval period at least 9 hours mid night . 5 am

night work restriction competent authority


A. . effective training programmes and schedules established

B. Seafarer u . health or well-being


authority .
night work restriction

national laws or regulations or by the competent authority


health or safety prohibited

Guide Line . y . working and living conditions


Member special attentio

71. MLC Medical Certificate Purpose Medical Certificate


Purpose: Seafarer at sea

Competent authority Seafarer at sea medically fit to


perform certified valid medical certificate
Part B of this Code international guidelines
medical certificates
competent authority recognize qualified medical practitioner medical examination
procedures medical certificate issue
Medical certificate particular .

service at sea ( .) at sea medica
( .) on board .
.
Seafarer maximum period of validity 2 years medical certificate Under the age of 18
Colour vision

voyage until the next port of


call continue in force Continue period
. a medical practitioner recognized by the Party medical check up
Engaged on International voyages medical certific English

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


48

72. MLC Seafarers Employment Agreement . Purpose Seafarers Employment


Agreement . ?

Purpose: seafarer employment agreement


seafarer agreement employment of a seafarer
. terms and conditions

Seafarer agreement terms and conditions


agreement sign sign
Seafarer employment agreement shipowner or a representative of the shipowner
. Original Sign
Employment agreement letter . Master or Officer incharge
review Master seafarer
copy of employment agreement letter

English language (except for ships engaged only in
domestic voyages)

a. ;
b.
c. entered into;
d. the capacity in which the seafarer is to be employed;
e.
f. the amount of paid annual leave
g. the termination of the agreement and the conditions
An indefinite period termination agreement notice period
A definite period termination agreement
. expiry date .
port of destination . after arrival expiry before port of destination . port
seafarer discharged
h. the health and social security protection benefits to be provided to the seafarer by the
shipowner
i.
j. reference to the collective bargaining agreement, if applicable; and
k. any other particulars which national law may require.
-
. minimum notice periods .
adopt
Under national law or regulations or applicable collective bargaining agreements
j terminate

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


49

73. MLC 2006 CBA CBA

Collective bargaining agreement (CBA)


Management (on behalf of the company) trades unions (on behalf of employees)
. employees
Collective bargaining agreement (CBA) Shipowner/ or his representative and Trade Union
. Port State Inspection

74. MLC . Purpose .

Purpose: S .

Employment agreement or CBA seafarer .

W . agreed currency
seafarer .

Basic pay or wages .


recommended minimum wage Over time, Bonus, Allowance
(or) Leave pay
Normal work hours . overtime overtime payment
basic pay and overtime consolidated wages
Over time payment rate one and one quarter times the basic pay or
wages per hour
The Master . seafarer endorsed Monthly Overtime record

National laws or the terms of CBA


over time payment

75. MLC Hours of work and hours of rest . Purpose Working hour . resting period

Purpose: S hours of work or hours of rest


safely operated seafarer hours of
work and rest
CBA or employment agreement Normal working hours based on an
-
Maximum hours of work 24-hour period 14 hours Seven-day period 72
hours ( .)
Minimum hours of rest 24-hour period 10 hours Seven-day period 77
hours

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


50

The hours of rest divide two periods one


period hours of rest 6 hours long
Safety of the ship, Safety of persons on board or safety of cargo, or for the purpose of giving
assistance to other ships or persons in perform to work
schedule of rest hours Master . suspend
After normal situation rest period perform to work seafarer Master

Seafarer normal period of rest - rest period


compensate
Musters and all other drills seafarer Rest Period
minimize
Every position shipboard working arrangements table
English posted Shipboard working arrangements table for every position

(a) the schedule of service at sea and service in port; and


(b) the maximum hours of work or the minimum hours of rest required by national laws or
regulations or applicable collective agreements.
Standardized format . record . hours of work and hours of rest
onbard keep Seafarer
endorsed receive

76. MLC 2006 -


Any 24-hour period starting at any moment during a day must comprise at least ten hours
of rest.

77. STCW rest period . MLC rest period


STCW rest period MLC

STCW Safety MLC human right


STCW . rest period watch keeping
MLC . rest period all crew

78. MLC
I. Right to be repatriated at no cost
II. Provide finicial security

79. MLC Seafarers


injury, loss or un employment adequate compensation

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


51

80. MLC Manning Level


SOLAS Chapter (5), Reg 14 Safe Manning
Seafarer fatigue, nature, condition of voyage sufficient number of
seafarer employ onboard

81. MLC . .
adequate measure
Prompt access to medical care onboard ship and ashoe

82. MLC accommodation and recreational facilities


The MLC 2006 requirements
competent authority
. the size of sleeping rooms and other accommodation spaces, heating and
ventilation, noise and vibration and other ambient factors, sanitary and related facilities, lighting and
hospital accommodation .

83. MLC .
Carry & Serve food drinking water
Appropriate Quantity & Quality

differing cultural & religious background
Food free of charge during period of engagement
Food preparation responsibilities Trained & Qualified

84. MLC . DMLC Certificate


International Voyage 500 GT
operate Member Flag 500GT & Over

85. MLC Certificate


Any of the following cases:
1.
2. Certificate Endorse
3. Flag Change
4.
5. Title 3 substantial change
The maritime labour certificate (MLC) Competent Athourity (or) recognizized organization duly
atourized for this purpose by Flag State Requirement of this Convention comply
. corrective action
withdrawn

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


52

86. Certificate
International Voyage 500 GT
operate Member Flag MLC . DMLC Certificate

Maritime Labour Certificate (MLC)


The maritime labour certificate the competent authority, or a recognized organization duly
authorized for this purpose issued validity of the certificate shall not exceed

Five years validity intermediate inspection between the second and third anniversary
dates of the certificate the competent authority or a recognized organization duly for this
purpose intermediate inspection Renewal Certificate
Standard

Five years validity

1 year 2 year 3year 4year 5year

Intermediate Inspection

Interim Maritime Labour Certificate


The maritime labour certificate (MLC) (i) New ship on delivery (ii) Flag changes (iii) Ship Owner
Resposibility Interim Certificate . Validity
.

Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance (DMLC)

Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance (DMLC)


Attached
Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance (DMLC) Part I and Part II
Part I Flag State Competent Athourity
I. Competent Athourity identify
II. National Requirement releva identify

III. Under National Legislation . ship type specific requirement


refer
Part II Ship Ownner
comply

87. MLC 2006 Four Pillars .


MLC
four pillars

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


53

88. Consolidated MLC 2006 .


1920 adopted
MLC 2006 Consolidated MLC 2006

89. MLC . PSC

MLC . PSC
1. Minimum age
2. Medical certification
3. Qualifications of seafarers
4.
5. Use of any licensed or certified or regulated private recruitment and placement service
6. Hours of work or rest
7. Manning levels for the ship
8. Accommodation
9. On-board recreational facilities
10.Food and catering
11.Health and safety and accident prevention
12.On-board medical care
13.On-board complaint procedures
14.Payment of wages

90. MLC detainable

1. Under age of 16 sefarer


2. health or safety
( .) night work
3. Manning Level
4. Violation of Night and Principles in Arrt III, IV
5. Accomadation
6. . medical fitness certificate without valid .
7. Not Valid Seamen Apployment .
8. Maximum hour of work .
9. Venilation and/or air conditioning or heating no working
10. Accomodation,(sanitary, catering unhygienic)
11. Intended Voyage .
12. Medical Guide Onboard
13. International Voyage 3 100 or more passenger ship

14.
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


54

91. What is the Special Tripartite Committee?


Article XIII of the MLC 2006 Special Tripartite Committee
.
Committee . this Convention
Committee .
Shipowners and Seafarers
Special Tripartite Committee Convention u

92. What is Fundamental rights in MLC?


The fundamental rights to:
(a) freedom of association and the effective recognition of the right to collective bargaining;
(b) the elimination of all forms of forced or compulsory labour;
(c) the effective abolition of child labour; and
(d) the elimination of discrimination in respect of employment and occupation.

In brief, you have a right to a safe and secure workplace, where safetystandards are complied with, where
you have fair terms of employment, decent living and working conditions, including social protection such
asaccess to medical care, health protection and welfare.

93. MLC Conventions incorporated ()


1. Social Security (Seafarers) Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.165)
2. Repatriation of Seafarers Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.166)
3. Labour Inspection (Seafarers) Convention, 1996 (No.178)
4. Recruitment and Placement of Seafarers Convention, 1996 (No.179)
5. H

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


55

MLC 2006 . Definition


Basic pay or wages: The pay, however composed, for normal hours of work; it does not include payments for overtime worked,
bonuses, allowances, paid leave or any other additional remuneration.
Consolidated wage: The wage or salary which includes the basic pay and other pay-related benefits; a consolidated wage may
include compensation for all over-time hours worked and all other pay-related benefits, or it may include only
certain benefits in a partial consolidation.
Hours of Rest: Time outside hours of work; this term does not include short breaks.
Hours of Work: Time during which seafarers are required to do work on account of the ship.
Overtime: Time worked in excess of the normal hours of work.
Seafarers Employment Agreement: Includes both a contract of employment and the articles of agreement.
CBA collective bargaining agreement an agreement on terms and conditions of work negotiated by a union on behalf of a
group of workers

Competent authority the minister, government department or otherauthority with the power to issue and enforce regulations or
other legal instructions regarding a provision of the Convention
DMLC Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance a document attached toa Maritime Labour Certificate, which must be carried
on board ships that are MLC certified
GT gross tonnage
ILO International Labour Organization, founded in 1919 to promote social j
The ILO includes
process). Over the years it has issued a large number of international labour conventions and recommendations on
freedom of association, employment, social policy, conditions of work, social security, industrial relations and labour administration,
and child labour,among others.
IMO International Maritime Organization, established in 1948 and held its first meeting in 1959. Its main task is to develop and
maintain a comprehensive regulatory framework for shipping, dealing with safety,environmental concerns, legal matters, technical
co-operation, maritime security and shipping efficiency. Where the focus of the ILO is on workers, that of the IMO is primarily on
technical matters relating to ships.
MARPOL International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 (and its protocols)
MLC Maritime Labour Convention, 2006 No more favourable treatment the concept which prevents ships flying flags
over ships flying the flag of States that have
Recognised organisation (RO) an organization (such as a classificationsociety) to which the competent authority has delegated
certain tasks.
SEA includes a contract ofemployment, articles of agreement and provisions in a CBA
ABOUT THE MARITIME LABOUR CONVENTION, 2006 (MLC)
your employment and social rights, including the right to asafe and secure workplace, the right to fair terms of
employment, the right todecent living and working conditions and the right to health protection,medical care,
welfare measures and other forms of social protection
SOLAS International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974STCW International Convention on Standards of Training,
Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, 1978 (amended 1995)
Substantial equivalence any law, regulation, collective agreement or othermeasure used by a State to implement the
requirements of the Convention.The approach may be different from that set in the Convention so long as
the goals and purpose are fulfilled.
WHO World Health Organization, the United Nations body with the responsibility for co-ordinating international standards and
guidance relating to health. WHO produces the International Medical Guide for Ships,which was first published in 1967.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


56

Conventions incorporated into the MLC


1. Minimum Age (Sea) Convention, 1920 (No.7)
2. Unemployment Indemnity (Shipwreck) Convention, 1920 (No.8)
3. Placing of Seamen Convention, 1920 (No.9)
4. Medical Examination of Young Persons (Sea) Convention, 1921 (No.16)
5.
6. Repatriation of Seamen Convention, 1926 (No.23)
7.
8. Holidays with Pay (Sea) Convention, 1936 (No.54)
9. j
10. Sickness Insurance (Sea) Convention, 1936 (No.56)
11. Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention, 1936 (No.57)
12. Minimum Age (Sea) Convention (Revised), 1936 (No.58)
13.
14.
15. Social Security (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No.70)
16. Paid Vacations (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No.72)
17. Medical Examination (Seafarers) Convention, 1946 (No.73)
18. Certification of Able Seamen Convention, 1946 (No.74)
19. Accommodation of Crews Convention, 1946 (No.75)
20. Wages, Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention, 1946 (No.76)
21. Paid Vacations (Seafarers) Convention (Revised), 1949 (No.91)
22. Accommodation of Crews Convention (Revised), 1949 (No.92)
23. Wages, Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention (Revised), 1949 (No.93)
24. Wages, Hours of Work and Manning (Sea) Convention (Revised), 1958 (No. 109)
25. Accommodation of Crews (Supplementary Provisions) Convention, 1970 (No.133)
26. Prevention of Accidents (Seafarers) Convention, 1970 (No.134)
27. Continuity of Employment (Seafarers) Convention, 1976 (No.145)
28.
29. Merchant Shipping (Minimum Standards) Convention, 1976 (No.147)
30. Seafarers Welfare Convention, 1987 (No.163)
31. Health Protection and Medical Care (Seafarers) Convention, 1987 (No.164)
32. Social Security (Seafarers) Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.165)
33. Repatriation of Seafarers Convention (Revised), 1987 (No.166)
34. Labour Inspection (Seafarers) Convention, 1996 (No.178)
35. Recruitment and Placement of Seafarers Convention, 1996 (No.179)
36. H

94. PSC Convention .


Flag State . full & Continous Control
PSC flag state supplement (second line of
defence)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


57

95. MOU

Memorandum Of Understanding ( exchange


information
USCG . ( ) US National PSC . operate
1. Paris MOU 1982
2. Vina del Mar MOU 1992
3. Tokyo MOU 1993
4. USCG 1994
5. Caribbean MOU 1996
6. Mediterranean MOU 1997
7. Indian Ocean MOU 1998
8. West & Central Africa MOU 1999
9. Black Sea MOU 2000
10. Persian Gulf MOU

96. What is the Initial Inspection of PSC?

Port State Control Officer PSCO


comply Documents & Certificate verify PSCO overall condition
of the ship inspection Initial Inspection

97. What is the Clear Ground?


Clear Ground (Hard Ware) (Soft Ware)

.
Clear Ground . Clear inspection more detail
inspection

Examples for clear grounds for a more detailed inspection;


1. Ship with overriding or unexpected factors
2. Relavant certificates and documents onboard properly kept & updated
falsely maintained
3. Relevant crew members ( .) other persons on board ( .) shore based
authorities . unable to communicate
4. Certificate . ( .) holder of a certificate person . certificate originally
issued name person
5. A master, officer or rating . certificate issued country STCW Convention ratified

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


58

6. Cargo and other operations conduct

7. The last ballast voyage the oil discharge monitoring and control system produce
the master of an oil tanker record
8. Muster list up-to-date fire or abandon ship crew members . assign
duties
9. False distress alerts proper cancellation procedures
10. Principal equipment or arrangements conventionrsm .

11. risk the structural, no watertight or


no Port State Control Officer evidence .
12. S
familiar (or) carried out

13. a table of shipboard working arrangements or .records of hours of work or rest

14. MLC 2006 comply flag changed (or) ship flies the
flag of a State MLC 2006 ratified
15. Working and living conditions on ship MLC 2006 .

98. Inspection . More Detail Inspection


Inspection . relevant
Conventions and comply Documents & Certificate verify
PSCO overall condition of the ship
inspection
Initial Inspection Clear Ground Port State Control Officer (PSCO)
the provisions of the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code,the provisions of the PSCC
More Detail Inspection

99. Sub Standard Ship



( .) Safe mannig level

100. PSCO
Competent Athourity Of Party duly
at
Responsible exclusively that party
Singapore Class Surveyor .
PSC . .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


59

101. PSC
PSC instrument (LL 66, Tonnage 69, COLREG 72, MARPOL 73/78, SOLAS 74, STCW 78, MLC 2006)

102. PSC COLREG ?


Light, Shape, Sound Signals

103. Myanmar PSC ? MOU .


Myanmar PSC . facilities .

Myanmar MOU MSA
Section 232: Unsafe Ship Detain . power Detention Procedure
Section 238: Foregin Ship detention Application
Section 293: Survey . personal appointed or athouruzed person power

104. SOLAS 1/19


/ Val Clear Ground accept
Valid Clear Ground shall not sail until without danger to ship or person
PSC flow flag state inform Class,
Organization Inform
Next port Notify Next Port )
PSC .

105. Deficiencies . Detainable Deficiencies

Deficiencies requirement of relavant convention not to be in compliance


condition . deficiencies
code
( code within 1 week, within next docking, before arrival next port
repair duration )
Under SOLAS/MARPOL/STCW/MLC not to be in compliance condition .
detainable deficiencies
Code Number 30 detainable deficiencies

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


60

106. ISM SOLAS Chapter Objective of ISM


SOLAS Chapter IX (Management for the Safe Operation of the Ship) 1st July 1998
Chapter IX, Reg 3.1 ISM code
Objective of ISM Code
To ensure safety at sea,
Prevention of human injury or loss of life, and
Avoidance of damage to the environment.

107. What is company?


Operation of ship Responsibility company DOC

108. SMS ?

Compliance
SOLAS/MARPOL/STCW/MLC
Company SMS
SMS
quick reference .

109. Observation, N.C, Major N.C


Observation Safety Management Audit j .

N.C Observe Situation Non Fulfilment ( / )


j . Corrective Action
Quanlity (Qualitaive), Quantity (Quantitavive) .
Observation
. Quality Quantity
N.C
Audit Objective Avidence .
Quanity Quality N.C
Major N.C (1) Serious Treat to Safety of Person or Ship
(2) Serious Risk to Enviroment
(3) Require Immediate Corrective action
(4) Lack of Effective
(5) Systematic Implementation of Requirement of this Code ( SMC Certificate Expire
. Equipments Regulation (or)
)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


61

110. Deficiency . Near Miss


Deficiency PSC (Port State Control) Inspection NC . Major NC ISM
Audit (Verification) PSC Deficiency Action Ratify . (
PSC PSC )
Near Miss

111. SMS function (6)


1. A safety and environmental protection policy
2.
3. Levels of Authority defined Shore and Ship Board Personnel . lines of communication
established
4. Accidents and N - Report procedures
5. Emergency Situations Prepare Procedures Emergency Situations Emergency to
Respond
6.

112. DPA .

To ensure safe operation of each ship & provide a link between company and ship Direct access to
highest level management ( )
Responsibility and Authority of DPA
1. Monitoring safety & pollution prevention aspects of operation of each ship
2. Ensuring adequate resources & shore based support are applied and necessary

113. ISM Master Responsibility & Authority

1. implementing the safety and environmental-protection policy of the Company


2. motivating the crew in the observation of that policy;
3. issuing appropriate orders and instructions in a clear and simple manner;
4. verifying that specified requirements are observed; and
5. reviewing the SMS and reporting its deficiencies to the shore based management.

Company SMS Master Authorities Clear Statement Master Safety and


Pollution Prevention . Decision Overriding Responsibility & Athourity
company assistance request

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


62

114. ISM Survey

ISM


1. Company
2. Administration ( .) Administration recognize organization
(eg :Class)
3. Certificate valid 5 year, Annual Verification
4. Annual Verification within 3 month before and after the anniversary date
5. Renewal Verification Before Anniversary Date
6. DOC copy keep


1. Company Interim
2. company /
3. Interim Flag Administration ( .) Class
4. Certifiacte Vaild 1 year


1.
2. Administration ( .) Administration recognize organization
(eg :Class)
3. Certificate valid 5 year, Intermediate
4. Intermediate Verification between 2nd and 3rd anniversary date
5. .New SMC issue (
( . NC . . Corrective Action
. Expire Dtae 5 months Existing Extension
Extension )
6. Verify . Port 3 months Extension
Administration


1.
2. company change
3. Flag Change
4. Interim Flag Administration ( .) Class
5. Certificate Valid 6 months
6. In Special Case, extend to not more than 6 months (Company . .)
7. Verify . Port 3 months Extension
Administration

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


63

ISM Audits and Surveys

1.
2. Audit Documentary Evidence
3. Verification Documentary + Ship + Equipments

4. Internal Audit

5. Classification

6. Survey

7.

115. ISM Audit Preparation


Before ISM Audit
(
Plan/ Record, Onboard Familiarization and Training Record Book, Risk Assessment etc..) all
ready
All Responsibility
DPA All crew
Critical Equipments ( ODME, Emergency Steering Gear, Emergency Fire Pump, Emergency

Previous Audit recurrence

During ISM Audit


Auditor Opening Meeting Audit Plan Explain

Auditor Audit at least one officer escort


Onboard Operation Audit
Audit Auditor
Auditor Closing Meeting Explain
Master . check
Master Audit Report Certificate Receive

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


64

116. GT & NT
Open Tonnage, Close Tonnage, Alternative Tonnage, Modified Tonnage
Tonnage
International Convention Tonnage Syastem Unified System . War
Sh
Gross Tonnage (GT)
Accordance With Provision Of Convention Over All Ship Size Of Measure Determine

GT Unit GT Formula

GT = K1
K1 = Constant
V = Total Volume Of All Enclosed Space In m3
GT . Dead Weight . Dead Weight Cargo
GT Register
Net Tonnage (NT)
Convention . Measure determine
NT
NT Formula NT = K2V2 (4d / 3D)2 + K3 (N1 + N2 / 10)

K2 , K3 = Constant
d= Module Draft
D=Module Depth
N1 =Number Passenger In Cabin
N2 =Number Passenger In Cabin

117. Module Draft . Draft Module Depth . Depth


Extreme Draft . Extreme Depth Draft
/ Deck Line Depth)
Extreme Draft Keel Plate Thickness Module Draft &
Depth
118. Tonnage Certificate
Flag State Administration (or) Organization Authorties By Adminstration
Certificate
Main Dimension, GT, NT
Name Location Length Of Space included in GT & NT
Date & Place of Original Measurement and Previous Last Measurement

119. Flag State


1. Minimum Safe Manning
2. Certificate of Registry (COR)
3. Continous Synosics Record (CSR)
4. Solas Exemption
5. Tonnage

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


65

120. International Load Line Certificate

International Load Line Convention International Load Line Certificate International Voyage
st
21 July 1968
Annex A Annex B Annex A Article 1 to 34 Aneex B Annex I, II,
III
Certificate Validity Initial, Renewal and Annual Survey (3)
International Load Line Certificate Administration (or) Class

121. Load Line Convention

Annex A Annex B
Article (1 to 34)
Annex-I Annex-II AnnexIII
Chapter I to IV (Regulation) (Zones, Area & Seasonal period) (CERT)
122. Load Line Exception
1. Ship of War
2. New Ship of less than 24m
3. Excisting ship of less than 150 tons gross
4. Pleasure yachts not engaged in trade
5. Fishing vessel
( . )

123. Load Line Exemption

1.
2.
3. International Voyage exceptional circumstance Single
International Voyage

124. Exception . Exemption ?


Exception == Apply
Exemption == Convention .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


66

125. Load Line Convention Submersion

Submersion . (3)
1. Ship . Side Appropriate Load Line Load Line During the
Voyage at any time submerged an arrival

2. FWA, DWA apply


3. Between point of departure and sea (River Consumption) .

126. Load Line Survey


Load Line Survey (3)
1. Initial Survey == Before ship is put in service

2. Renewal Survey ==Not exceeding 5 years Administration


Structure, Equipments, Syatem,
3. Annual Survey == 3 Month before (or) after each anniversary date
(4)
I. Load Line calculation
II. Fitting & Protection appliance (guard rail, freeing port, openings, crew access) .
Maintained
III. Free board mark & Draft mark correct & permanent
IV. .
127. Load Line certificate

Load Line requirement survey & marked


Administration (or) Class
Onboard . Conspicuous place Certificate frame & posted
Record of condition of assignment Certificate . Issue
128. Load Line certificate

1. Hull (or) Superstructure Administration (or) Class . Apprive

2. Suvey
3. Certificate Endose
4. Ship . Structure Strength
5.
6. Condition Assignment comply

Flag / Hull / Survey

Endose

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


67

129. Load Line Convention .

1.
2. To provide adequate buoyancy
3. To provide crew
4. Ship has not been material altered
5. Every ship Condition of Assignment Comply

130. Condition of Assignment

I. Hull adequate strength


II. Freeboard Deck Water Tight . Weather Tight
III.
IV. Ship Adequate Stability
V. Ship Adequate Motive Power

Water Tight == making (or) fastening (or) arranging water cannot get in (or) out
Weather Tight ==any sea condition water will not penetrate in to ship
131. . Free board

Free board Typa A & Type B


Type A == only carry liquid cargo in bulk (Tanker)
Type B == Type A other ship
ship length
free board table free board correction
1. Correction to free board (100m )
2. Correction for Cb block coeifficient (Cb = 0.68 factor )
3. Correction for Depth (D L/15 f/b )
4. Correction for Position of Deck Line (actual depth to upper edge of Deck Line / -
difference f/b +/- )
5. Standard height of superstructure (see in table)
6. Correction for superstructure
7. Correction for sheer
8. Minimum bow height & reserve buoyancy

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


68

132. Minimum Free Board Assign . Purpose

1. Water Tight Integrity


2. Adequate Buoyancy
3.
4. Hull Adequate Strength
5. In All Loading Sufficient Stability
6. Heavy Weather Danger
7. j

133. Ta . Free board


Permiability . Free Board

134. Sub Division Load Line

Load Line
Owner design Administration approve one or more additional load line

135. Timber Load Line Construction .

Load Line Convention, Reg 43 construction . .


1. Forward 0.07L Standard Height Poop ( .) Raised quarter deck
H )
2. Mid ship length . DB Tank Water Tight Long Subdivision
3. Bulwark 1m special stiffened upper edge strong bulwark
freeing port same height )

136. Annex II Summer, Tropical

Summer == wind force 34 knots (Beaufort Scale 8) or more


10%

Tropical == wind force 34 knots (Beaufort Scale 8) or more


1%
Not more than (1) Tropical Storm in 10 years

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


69

137. Load Line Certificate

Certificate . Record of
Condition of Assignment -
- Date and Place Of Initial Survey
- Sketch of Side, Super Structure Deck, Free Board Deck .

138. . Port Load Line Survey Prepare

Answer A:
Record of Condition of Assignment Check List .
Record of Condition of Assignment Tabulor Report (Door ways, Hatch ways, Freeing


Load Line Stick Prepare
Load Line Marking Life Buoy With Life Line, Stage, Pilot Ladder

Answer B:
Load Line Survey

Grease
Check


H
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
70

H H

Load Line Stick Stand By
Load Line Certificate Ready
Load Line Marking Life Buoy With Life Line, Stage, Pilot Ladder

139. Load Line Stick


International Load Line Certificate Reference

140. How To Test Load Line?


(1) Chalk Test (2) Hose Test (3)Pouring Test (4)Soap Test

141. BWM . Proper Name? What is include?

Contents
Article (22) , Annex (Section A, B, C, D, E), Appendix 1,2

142. Ballast Water


Ship . Control .

143. Ballast Water Management


Aquatic Ballast Water and Sediments
. . ( .)
. . .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


71

144. Ballast Water Management Plan . Ballast Water Record Book

Ballast Water Management Plan


IMO
Resolution MEPC 127 (53) BWM apply Vessel Ballast Water Management Plan
Plan English, French, Spanish languae
Regulation B1 Ballast Water Management Plan

1. Vessel Specific Ship Particular, . Position


Information )
2. Crew Responsibilities Designated Officer Training
Familiarization
3. Record System Report Form Handling Log
4. Step to Minimum Sediment Removal, Routing Cleaning at Sea or Dock
Ballast Problem
5. Safety Consideration Limit, Avoid, Contingency Plan, Criteria
6. Exchange Process Tank Method . / Method . / Pump .
/
7. Reporting Owner, Charter, PSC, Quarintene Form
8. Inspection Sample Access (Sediment .), Implementation

Ballast Water Record Book


Regulation B-2 of this Annex
Administration Approve Ballast Water Record Book
Record System . Electronic System (or) Record Book
Ballast Water Record Onboard Retained 2 year after last entry record
keep Company Company
3 year after last entry record keep
. Record
Each Entry officer or officer in charge sign Page . . Master . Sign

Inspection Ballast Water Record Book onboard keep

The ship is in

Ballast Water Record Book Entry page


I. When Ballast Water is taken on board:
1. date, time and location port or facility of uptake (port or lat/long), depth if outside port
2. estimated volume of uptake in cubic metres
3. signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


72

II.Whenever Ballast Water is circulated or treated for Ballast Water Management purposes:
1. date and time of operation
2. estimated volume circulated or treated (in cubic metres)
3. conducted in accordance with the Ballast Water Management plan
4. signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

III. When ballast water is discharged into the sea:


1. date, time and location port or facility of discharge (port or lat/long)
2. estimated volume discharged in cubic metres plus remaining volume in cubic metres
3. whether approved Ballast Water Management plan had been implemented prior to discharge.
4. signature of the officer in charge of the operation.

IV.When ballast water is discharged to a reception facility:


1. date, time, and location of uptake
2. date, time, and location of discharge
3. port or facility
4. estimated volume discharged or taken up, in cubic metres
5. whether approved Ballast Water Management plan had been implemented prior to discharge
6. signature of officer in charge of the operation

V. Accidental or other exceptional uptake or discharges of Ballast Water:


1. date and time of occurrence
2. port or position of the ship at time of occurrence
3. estimated volume of Ballast Water discharged
4. circumstances of uptake, discharge, escape or loss, the reason therefore and general remarks.
5. whether approved Ballast Water Management Plan had been implemented prior to discharge
6. signature of officer in charge of the operation

VI. Additional operational procedure and general remarks:

Record of ballast water management actions


Sample Ballast Water Record Book page
Name of ship:




.
Registration number:


...

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


73

145. Ballast Water Apply / Not Apply


Apply
. Flag
Operate
Apply (6)
Not Carry Ballast Water (eg. Passenger Ship)
. Operate
. Ship Operate
Vessel (eg. Myanmar Flag Vessel
Operate )

. Under Juridiction . . . High Sea Operate
Permanent Ballast Water in sealed Tank on Ship

146. PSC Ballast Water .

/
Ballast Water Record Book
Ship Ballast Water Sample
( detainable . Ballast Water . )

147. Ballast Water Capacity


Ballast Water Onboard Tank, Space, Compartment .

148. Regulation D1 Ballast Water Exchange

1. 200 Nm from Nearest Land and 200m in Depth


2. If unable 200 Nm, 50 Nm from Nearest Land and 200m in Depth
3. . Exchange Port State
4. No. (1) or (2) . Intended Voyage Deviate
5. Master Safety (or) Stability of the Ship, Crew (or) Passengers . Reasonable
decide
149. Ballast Water Management Standard
Standard (5)
Regulation D1== Ballast Water Exchange Standard
Regulation D2== Ballast Water Performance Standard
Regulation D3== Approval Requirement For Ballast Water Management System
Regulation D4== Prototype Ballast Water Treatment Technologies
Regulation D5== Review Of Standard by The Organization

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


74

150. D1 . D2
Before 2009 Vess
Total Ballast Water Capacity 1500 5000 m3 D1 (or) D2 Until 2014
Comply . After 2014 D2
Total Ballast Water Capacity 1500 m3 . 5000 m3 Vessel D1 (or) D2
Until 2016 Comply . After 2016 D2

In / After
Total Ballast Water Capacity 5000 m3 D2 Comply

Between 2009 2012


Total Ballast Water Capacity 5000 m3 D1 (or) D2 Until 2016
Comply . After 2016 D2

In / After 2012
Total Ballast Water Capacity 5000 m3 D2 Comply

151. Ballast Water Certificate . Survey


(floating platform ) Ballast Water Management Certificate

Survey (4)
Initial Survey, Renewal Survey, Intermediate Survey, Annual Survey
152. Ballast Water
Port State
1. H )
2. Near Seawage Out Falls ( . . )
3. )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


75

153. Ballast Water Exchange Method


Sequential Method , Flow Through Method and Dilution Method

(1) Sequential Method


Ballast Tank Empty 95% Volume Method

Sequential Method

Advantage Disadvantage
(1) 95 % exchange (1 )

(2) . Chance (Over Flow (2 )


. Pressure Up )
(3
(2) Flow Through Method
Pump Tank Volume

(3)Dilution Method
Pump
Flow Through Method Dilution Mathod Pump Through Method
Pump Through Method

Advantage Disadvantage
(1) No Sloshing Damage (1) Longer Time (Tk Vol
.)
(2 .) (2) Over Pressure
(3) Stability Not Change (3) Deck Maintenance
(4) weather condition

154. Ballast Water Exchange





MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


76

155. Ballast Water Exchange .

Sequential method
Approve loading manual hull girder
permissible sea going strength
Approved trim and stability booklet adequate intact stability maintain

Adequate draft & trim

bridge visibility
propeller immersion to prevent temporary loss of manoeuvrability and/or ability to
make headway
draft forward to prevent slamming damage to ship bottom forward
topside and hopper side tanks
(as a result of a full ballast hold with empty adjacent
wing tanks)

Flow through method


A safety hazard to crew working on deck
(stability may be negligible)
Dilution method
B under-pressurisation or
over-pressurisation damage of ballast water tanks

156. Antifouling Covention Cerificate

International Convention On The Control Of Harmful Anti Fouling Systems On Ships 2001
Tributyltin or TBTs
Sea sex change
. . TBTs Ship Bottom
st
1 Jan 2008
AFS
. Flag
.
Service
AFS International Voyage 400 GT & Above V
International Antifouling System Certificate
Certifcate Issue
24 m International Antifouling System Certificate
Certificate (2)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


77

157. What is the UNCLOS ? UNCLOS

UNCLOS means The International Law


Of The Sea 16th November 1994

(1) Internal Waters Base Line Land Ward Side


(2) Territorial Sea
(3) Archipelagic Waters . Outer Most Point Base Line
Inside of the BaseLine are designated Archipelagic Waters

(4) Contiguous Zone Base Line 24 nautical miles Contigous Zone


. Area
(5) Fisheries Limits UNCLOS Fisheries Limit
12 Nautical Miles From Costal State Inshore
Fisheries Zone (IFZ) 200 Nautical Miles from Costal State Extended
Fisheries Zone (EFZ) recognized

(6) Continental Shelf Contential Shelf Beyound 200 Nautical Miels Extend
350 Nautical Miles Resource Zone
(but not a security zone) Resource
Installation Structure Custom, Immigration and
Sanitory .
(7) Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) Base Line 200 Nautical Miles EEZ
High Sea . . (Free To Navigation) Zone
. Safety Costal State

158. What is Base Line?

According to Article 5 of UNCLOS, -water line along the


coast as marked on large- .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


78

159. CSS Code

SOLAS Chapter VI & VII


On Deck & Under Deck Stowage & Securing

General Principle .
1. Ship Risk Stowage & Securing
2. Cargo Stowage & Securing Crews and Officer Qualikied &
Experienced Person
3. Stowage & Securing Plan Plan Propely Monitor
4. Voyage Weather Condition Stowage
&
Contents Chapter 1 to 7 . Annex 13
Chapter (1) == Crteria for estimating the risk of cargo shift

1. Dimensional & Physical Properties


2. Location & Stowage
3. Sutability of Ship / Securing Arrangement
4. Seasonal Weather / Geographical Area of Voyage
5. Stability / Duration of Voyage
Chapter (2) ==Principle of safe stowage and securing cargo
Principle Stowage and Securing
1. Sutability of cargo for transport
2. Cargo Distribution and securing arrangement
3. Residual Strength after wear and tear
4. Friction forces
5. Shipboard supervision and inspection
Chapter (3) & (4) ==Standardised & Semi Standardised Cargoes stowage and securing
Chapter (5) == Non Standardised Cargoes stowage and securing

Non Standardised Cargoes include such as:


1. Containers on non-cellular ships
2. Portable tanks & receptacles
3. Special wheel based cargoes
4. Heavy cargoes
5. Colled sheet steel
6. Heavy metal products
7. Anchor chains
8. Scrap metal in bulk
9. Flexible intermediate bulk containers
10. Log in under deck stow

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


79

Chapter (6) == Action to be taken in heavy weather & give advice

1. Alteration of course or speed


2. Heaving to
3. Early avoidance of areas of adverse weather
4.
5. Voyage planning to avoid areas of severe weather and sea condition

Chapter (7) == Action that may be taken onces cargo has shifted

1. Alteration of course
2. Reduction speed
3. Monitoring intergrity of the ship
4. Restoring and resecuring cargo
5. Increasing the friction
6. Diversion of route or seeking the shelter

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


80

160. Rule of Thumb Method

CSS Code Annex 13 Rule of Thumb Method


Cargo Unit Each Side .
( Ton 40
weight cargo lashing each side . MSL Ton 40

. Breaking Strength %

Cargo Unit 18 tonnes Shackle,


Web lashing,
Secure Breaking
Strength 50% MSL value
MSL Values Each
Side 18 Tonnes
Total MSL Values 36 Tonnes
Total MSL 36 Tonnes
Secur . Total Breaking
Strength 72 Tonnes

Code Recommends Transverse lashing angles to the deck Not be grater than 60

Uneven distribution of force among the devices or improper assembly of reduced


capability Recommends Safety Factor MSL Calculated Strength
formula

CS =

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


81

161. Maximum Permissible Deck Load .

GA Plan . Cargo Securing Manual (CSM) .

162. Cargo Securing Manual (CSM)

CSS Code SOLAS Chapter VI & VII Cargo assenger Ships argo Ships
Cargo Securing Manual (Except < 500 tons and not International Voyage)
Cargo Securing Manual (CSM) Vessel
Generally Chapter 1 to 4
Chapter 1= Genaral Statement Dealing With Requirement Practise Good Seamanship, Requirement
Maintainence All Securing Devices, Minimum Quantity Of Spare Part
Chapter 2= Detail Specification Total Number & Location Of Fixed & Portable Securing Devices
Chapter 3= Handling & Safety Instruction And Evaluation Of Force Acting On The Cargo Transport
Chapter 4= Handling & Safety Stowage and Securing Instruction Container and Other Standarized
Cargo, Ship Stowage Securing Plan, Permissible Deck Load, Stack Load, Height and Any
Other Limitation

Detail Number of Lashing & Securing Part


Cargo Space Specified Distribution of Lashing
Specific Weight Load Test, Safe Working Load (SWL)

163. Tmber Deck Cargo
TDC Code

Timber Deck Cargo 24m and more in length vessel IMO published
comply
TDC Code . Timber on deck vessel Recommedations on the
Code Comply

Key Definitions
Timber means sawn wood or lumber, cants, logs, poles, pulpwood and all other type of timber in
loose or packaged forms. The term does not include wood pulp or similar cargo.
Timber deck cargo means a cargo of timber carried on an uncovered part of a freeboard or
superstructure deck.
Timber load line means a special load line assigned to ships complying with certain conditions
related to their construction as set out in the International Convention on Load Lines. It is used
when the cargo complies with the stowage and securing conditions of the Code of Safe Practice for
Ships Carrying Timber Deck Cargoes.
Weather deck means the uppermost complete deck exposed to weather and sea.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


82

.
Load Line Convention, Reg 43 Timber Load Line apply construction
. .
1. Forward 0.07L Standard Height (less than Poop ( .) Raised
quarter deck H )
2. Mid ship length . DB Tank
3. Bulwark 1m Width and Height special stiffened
upper edge strong bulwark freeing port same height e
)

Stability Criteria .
im er dec Shifting Ship damage or apsi ing Stability
Criteria . Timber Stability Crteria Timber Stability Crteria
1. The area under GZ curve should not be less than 0.08m-r up to an angle of heel of 40 degrees
or angle of flooding (angle at which the lower edges of any openings in the hull, superstructures
or deck houses, being openings which cannot be closed water tight are immersed) whichever is
lower.
2. The righting lever GZ shall be at least 0.25m
3. After corrective initial metacentric height (GM) shall not be less than 0.1m at departure
condition
4. At all times during a voyage the metacentric height GMo should be positive after correction for
the free surface effects of liquid in tanks and, where appropriate, the absorption of water by the
deck cargo and/or ice accretion on the exposed surfaces.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


83

Stability Requtrement .

Comprehensive stability information (quickly obtain accurate guidance)


Comprehensive rolling period table (or) diagrams ( tables or diagram actual
stabilitycondition verify
Stability at all time (20%
allowance )
Timber deck cargo due to

Absorb water
i. Ice accretion
ii. Variation in consumables
iii. FSE of liquid in Tanks
iv.
Before proceed to sea Master should be ensure
(i)Ship (ii) Adequate GM
Unexpected list loading
Merchant shipping load line requirement 98 initial GM 0.05 m Code stowed
and secured (International Rule GM not less than 0.1m)
. GM . Timber Buoyancy .
Ship . Reserve Buoyancy
Excessive stability (large GM)
lashing . stress
GM 3% of Breath
Timber load line Load Line Requirement of code lashing
& securing provide L.L Conv
Stowage Consideration
Prior To Loading
prior to loading
Timber on weather deck
1. Timber Deck Cargo Are Hatch Cover and Other Opening

2. Venilators efficiently protected


. Eff
3.
4. Loading Port

5. impeded

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


84

During Loading
During Loading
before sailing
Ingress of Water . Structural Damage
H . .
1. Adequate Visibilty
2. At all stage of voyages safe margin of stability maintained
3. ship side
4. Timber deck cargo weather deck and hatches . . permissible deck load

5. Winter Zone th 1/3


Timber Load Line apply
1. Well ( .) Superstructure well . Length
2. After end superstructure

3. Guard rails, b Obstruction


allowances Athwartships condition . As close as to ship side cargo
any area of broken stowage 4% of the breath

4. Hatc standard height level


5. Winter Zone
All Stages Loading Process . Basic Principle Solid Stow (cargo )
Solid Stow Condition . Responsible Officer
Securing
Every Lashing Timber Deck Cargo Pass Over
shackle
Every Lashing tightening device or system provide can safely and
efficiently operate
thread of screw length During Voyage
.
. Type H

Independent lashing (chain, wire) lashing space


_ Height 4m and below Spacing 3m
_ Height above 4m spacing 1.5m
Lashing Equipments
_ Chain lashing, Wire lashing (On Deck Level) (Independent)
_ Hog Lashing, Wiggle Lashing (2 ) => (i) foot wire (ii) wiggle wire (On Hatch Level)
_ Hog lashing Upright (2) wire 2nd (or) 3rd floor
_ Wiggle lashing . Jettison . independent

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


85

All lashing Tested &


record maintain
_ As per recommendation of code lashing plan
Lashing all lashing examined and
tightened All check and adjustment to lashing
logbook record
Matser Proper weather routing (Bad Weather H .) Incase
of bad weather . Jettison ( SOLAS Ch V nearest costal state
report

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


86

Walk way
Not less than 1 m wide Rail guard
Stanchion . 1.5m interval support 230mm height
380mm

During Voyage
Heeling Angle . Rolling Period Check
Wedges ( hain and Sa
Enclosed Space Master (or) Responsible Officer Well Ventilation
Atmosphere Test

164. General Cargo Ship Timber Deck Cargo

IMO Stability Crteria . Requirements For All Deck Cargoes


IMO Stability Crteria

Area under GZ curve shall be not less than:


I. 0.055 m-radians up to 30 degrees
DF
II. 0.09 m-radians up to 40 degrees (or) (lesser one)
DF
III. 0.03 m-radians between 30 degrees and 40 degrees (or) (lesser one)
Maximum GZ at angle not less than 30 degrees & at least 0.20 meters
GM shall not be less than 0.15M.

Requirements For All Deck Cargoes

1. H Adequate Strength
2. All Stage Of Voyage Adequate Stability .
Wind Moment . Windage Area

3. Water Tight Integrity Protection


4. Cargo Height Navigation Inteference
5. Steering gear arrangements, Crew access to accommodation & working spaces Obstruct

6. Sufficient, Suitable & Adequate Lashing


7. 1m Wide, Stanchions 2.5 m & Guard Rail 1m Fitted

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


87

165. What is the reverse buoyancy?

Volume of enclosed space above water line. May be express as volume (or) percentage (%) of total
volume of vessel.

166. Actual Stability Condition

shore figure H/T . constant weight


weight ( ) actual rolling period test GM

H/T => (4) . length . 3


(1H/T)
. Stability GM

Calculate GM Observe GM (Turbulated GM)


Rolling Period GM
Weight x KG = Moment Breath
_ x _ = _ - - - - - - -
_ x _ = _ -
_ x _ = _ -
Rolling period

______ ________ _________ - Brown Nautical Alm general

-
. Loading manual
. .
Final KG = Final Moment
Final Displacement
Final GM = KM Final KG
= ( )
H/T = Hoppus Ton
One hoppus ton=1.2727 cubic ton =50 hoppus feet =63.66 cubic feet = 1.8027 cubic meters.

167. What is the Rolling period? Rolling Period Test Why?

Rolling period

Rolling period Ship

Vessel Rolling . Stiff & Tender


Stiff
- Rolling Period Too Short (about 8 sec)
- Large GM & Large GZ
- . .
-

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


88

Tender
- Rolling Period Too Long (about 25 to 35 sec)
- Large GM & Large GZ
- Synchronizen Cargo Shift
- Racking Stress
Rolling Period Test

operation . Stability cargo


. )
Gangway
size cargo (about 20 tons)
(4) About 20 tons weight Stop Watch (quarter roll
. )
(5) 4 / 5 mean
(6) Quarter Roll 4 complete roll period
(7) Preferable rolling period 20 25 sec

168. Grain Cargo

Grain

Nature of Grain
Grain Bulk . loading Grain above the grain
surface
Ship rolling at sea
Stability
Grain SOLAS Ch VI Part C Carriage of grain apply

Grain Code

Grain Vessels IMO published


the Safe Carriage Of Grain apply

. Flag State Code Comply
Grain Code (3)
o Part (A) => Stowage of grain and use of grain fitting special requirement . Guidance
o Part (B) => Calculation of Heeling Moment
o =

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


89

Grain SOLAS Ch VI Part (C) Carriage of grain apply SOLAS Ch VI


Reg 9
o Grain International Grain Code Code .
Document of Authorization (DOA) IGC . Requirement

o DOA Grain Master Loading Port . Administration IG Code


. Requirement . Proposed Loaded Condition Demonstrate
.
International Grain Code Requirement Flag State
Administration Vessel Document of Authorization Certificate (DOA) Grain
Loading Manual Issue
Grain Loading Manual
1. Ship particular
2. Light ship displacement
3. Capacities & Centres of Gravity
4. Table of liquid free surface correction
5. Curve or table of angle of flooding where less than 40
6. Curve or table of hydrostatic properities, suitable for range of operating draughts
7. Approved tables or curves of volumes, vertical centres volume & assumed Volumetric
Heeling Moment (V.H.M) for every compartment
8. Approved tables or curves of maximum permissible heeling moment (M.P.M) for varying
displacements and varying vertical centre of gravity
9. Loading instruction
10. A worked example, for the guidance of the Master
11. Loaded Departure & Arrival for (3) representative stowage factor (S.F)

Stability Requirement for Ship With Document of Authorization Certificate (DOA )


Vessel Intended Voyage before departure adverse
heeling effect adequate residual dynamic stability .
efficient intact stability
Full Compartment 15 (or) Partially Fill Compartment 25
Maximum List 12
Net residual area between heeling arm curve & righting arm curve up to 40 (or) angle of
DF
flooding if less than 40 ( whichever is least) 0.075 m-radians
After Free Surface Correction Initial GM 0.3 m
Many Compartment
Trimmed Level

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


90

Stability Requirement for Ship Without Document of Authorization Certificate (DOA )

Total weight of grain


Master Loading Port . Administration IG Code . Requirement . Proposed
Loaded Condition Demonstrate
trim level centre line division fitted (full length and to
maximum depth 2.4m) Saucering (except in case of
line seed or other such seeds)
Partially Fill Compartment trim level accordance with the code Securing

After Free Surface Correction Initial GM 0.3 m


Securing Methods
Grain Securing Methods .
1. Longitudinal shifting board ( Filled & Partly)
2. Saucering (Filled)
3. Bundling (Filled)
4. Over stowing (Partly Filled)
5. Strap And Lash (Partly Filled)

(1) Longitudinal shifting board ( Filled & Partly)


Filled Compartment LSB under side of the deck or hatch cover Below the surface of the
Grain at least 1/8 of the breath compartment (or) downwards

Partly filled compartment LSB Both above and below the level of grain depth of LSB

(2)Saucering Method (Filled)


H Bagged
j . Tight

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


91

(3)Bundling Method (Filled)


H Not more
. inside the saucer formed Dunnage of not less than
24mm x 150 over Grain (or) Suitable

(4)Over Stowing Method (Partly Filled)


separation cloth (gunny sack) or wooden
H 1/16th
the maximum breadth of the free grain surface or

(5)Strap and Lash Method (Partly Filled)


joints

Lumber board (at least 25mm x 150mm to 300mm) 2nd

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


92

Triming Method
Triming Method (3)
(1) Mechanical Trimming (2) Manual Trimming (3) Trimming Hole Method (Old Vessel Only)

Prior to Loading
Surveyours prior to loading . Cargo hold Cargo
. Survey All cargo holds thoroughly washed, dried and
previous cargo residues removed
Cargo Hold Insect fumigated
Fumigated

169. Document of Authorization (DOA)

DOA Grain Intact Residual Stability Criteria . apply


Administration ( .) Authorized Approval Grain Stability
Booklet Approval Document of Authorization (DOA) Certificate

170. Document of Authorization (DOA) Grain .

DOA Grain Master Loading Port . Administration IG Code .


Requirement . Proposed Loaded Condition Demonstrate .

Ship build after 1994 Simplified stability data provide The Maximum
Permissible VHM ( Vertical Heeling Moment) for requirement displacement and KGv value

Displacement 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5


Simplified KGv ( KG + FSE)
12000 2950
Table
13000 3100
14000 3290
15000
Max Permissible VHM KGV 7.5 . Displacement 14000 3290
Volumetric Heeling Moment Table

Hold FULL SLACK * Full load slope 15 Slack slope 25


1 325 740 Assume VHM Table
2 420 800 * VHM VHM Correction 1.12
3 500 865 Amount Max Permissible VHM . .
4 570 900 * VHM Correction Slack Hold Horizontal sh Vertical
Correct

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


93

171. Grain Stability Requirement (Grain Intact Stability Criteria)

Requirement (6)
1. <
2. GM not less than 0.3 m (after F.S.E correction)
3. Max list not greater than 12 ( Shift of Cargo => Full 15 / Partly 25 )
DF
4. Net residual area between heeling arm curve & righting arm curve up to 40 (or) ( whichever
is least) not less than 0.075 m-radians
5. full as possible Trimmed level
6. Vessel Intended Voyage before departure adverse heeling
effect adequate residual dynamic stability . efficient
intact stability

172. Grain

(1)Propose Cargo Plan


(2) GM
(3) GZ Curve Residual Area
(4) List

(1)Propose Cargo Plan == (i) Stability Criteria (ii) Grain Stability Booklet (iii) Loading Manual
comply
(2) GM == (0.3 m )

(3) GZ Curve . == GZ = GM Sin (Up to 15 )


GZ = ( GM + BM x tan2 ) Sin (Over 15 )
GZ Righting Arm Curve
Heeling Arm Curve .

= Total VHM 40
S.F x A

= x 0.8 ( Cos 40 = 0.8)

Righting Arm Curve . Heeling Arm Curve GZ Curve Angle Heel 40 .


Residual Area Simpson Rule (Area 0.075 m- radium )
(4)List
( tan = GG1 = HM = GG1 )
Tan = THM
GM
G.M
(List 12 . )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


94

173. VHM

Volumetric Heeling Moment, use a basics for grain stability calculation,


Grain stowage factor varies from 0.8 to 1.6 m3/ton
H Grain Heeling moment weight .
Volume .
. Hatch VHM Full load V2 V1 Constant
VHM Assumed 15 (slope) . d . Volume
W2 W1 constant

Assumed 200m3
Slope 15

V1 V2
3
1000 m 1200m3 VHM = Vol x d
= 200 x d = m4

174. Grain criteria

VHM ( ) Residual area Heel Slack Hole


VHM

Cargo Plan D.W Displacement FSE


Slack hole Smallest Hole


Temporary Arrangement VHM stability
Grain shift prevent Oil seed Temporary Arrangement
Longitudinal shifting board

175. Longitudinal shifting board

Grain Fitted
Thickness 60mm
Filled Compartment LSB under side of the deck or hatch cover Below the surface of the
Grain

Partly filled compartment LSB Both above and below the level of grain

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


95

176. Cargo Plan

Cargo Plan
Name of the Vessel
Voyage Number
Loading port(s)
Draught Forward and Aft
Name of the Master
Schemattic ( ) of the vessel showing:
Location of cargo for different port
Cargo quantities
Location of any dangerous or special cargo

177. Cargo plan . Shipper

(1) General description of cargo, the gross mass of the cargoor cargo units and any revelevant
special properties of the cargo
information of cargo stowage factor, trimming procedure, likelihood of
shifting (including angle of repose) . If applicable any other relevant special properties.
Moiture Content Cargo and Transportabl
Moiture Limt (TML) form of cargo certificate.
(3)
(4) Shipper Master should be ensure that:
1. Different Cargo separate
2. cargo
3. Intended voyage expected condition

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


96

178. Booking List Cargo Plan


Booking List Cargo Propose Plan . Cargo Amount . . DWCC (Dead Weight
Carrying Capacity) check
DWCC Displ Light Ship Dead Weight Dead Weight (Fuel,
FW, BW, Store, Constant) DWCC
Cargo total weight . . DWCC check Total Volume Check Cargo
Distribution Capacity of Each Hold . Total Capacity . Ratio cargo

No.1 = No.1 Vol x 20000 tons (Normal Trim)


Total Capacity
?
Vol = Wt x SF

port sequence Port Sequence


1. Port Rotation
2. Port Speed
3. Stresses By Loading
4. Stability
5. List And Trim

1.Port Rotation

. Loading and Discharging Sequence ( cargo / )


Haych Way (or) Under Coaming
On Top (or) Bottom
Wing Out (or) Mid Ship Port Rotation

2.Port Speed

Port (which may increase port dues and allied


cost)
Compartment Maximum Gangs . Various H cargo
distribution

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


97

3. Stress By Loading
Each Hold Capacity Ratio cargo
General practice: 60% of weight amidships and 40% at ends (or) 35% in tween deck and
65% in lower hold. ( ( .) )
Hogging ( .) Sagging check
. Longitudinal moment (Bending Moment and Sheering Stress) check
Local Stress ( Excessive or heavy weight,

4. Stability
Voyage Maintain
Neither too stiff nor Tender (15 s to 25 s / favourable 20s)
Synchronism possibility minimize
Slack Tanks and Weather Condition
Metacentric Height (bottom weight upper stowage weight )
5. List and Trim
During or Final Loading corrected Trim
Port Rot List and Trim
Trim By the Head Even Keel Ship manoeuvring and turning ability

% ter advice
Proposed Plan Master Approval Perfect Cargo
Proposed Plan Loading (or) Discharging Daily And Final Cargo Plan Updated

Daily Plan
1. Talley Sheet daily
base
2. Cargo loading (or) Discharging rate
3. Amount of Cargo (ETD )
4. Remaining Cargo and Space
5. Updated Cargo Plan In case of emergency
Final Plan
1. Daily Plan
2. Amount of Cargo / Volume of Cargo
3. Location of each cargo . Distribution
4. Difference Cargo Colour .
5. Discharge Port . cargo operation .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


98

179. Bulk Carrier Loading Plan (SE Pg203 Q.5)


Company Recommendation Loading Plan Vessel
stress

Proposed Caego Operation Loading and Deballasting

Lodicator (computerized loading data) Loading Sequence


Lodicator Loading Period GM, Bending Moment,
Shear Forces .

180. Cargo 10000 tons


Summer Draft Summer Displacement Summer Displacement Light Ship Displacement
Dead Weight Dead Weight (FW, FO, BW, Constant) .
DWCC (Dead Weight Cargo Capacity)
DWCC Cargo 10000 tons
Weight Stowage Factor Volume
. Total Cargo Holds Volume . Cargo Total Volume
Cargo . Distribution Check

Weight Check => No. 1Hold x 10000 T (No. 1


TTL Cargo Hold weight)

181. Grain Cargo Plan

M.V DORTE OLDENDORFF Deductible Weight


Ship Particular Fresh Water 34.68MT
Length Over All (LOA) 157.600 m
Fresh Water 34.68MT
Legth B/W Perpendicular (LBP) 148.000 m
Aft Peak Tank FW 58.5MT
Breath (B) 25.000 m
Depth (D) 12.700 m FO 1 362MT
Summer Draft (SD) 9.109 m FO 2 362MT
Summer Dead Weight (DWT) 27254 MT FO 3 100MT
Light Ship (LS) 5195.000 MT
DO1 100MT
Constant 150.000 MT
DO 2 57MT
Fore Distance To Perpendicular(Fd) 1.990 m
After Distance To Perpendicular (Ad) 6.100 m Total Deduct 1108.86MT
Mid Distance To Perpendicular (Md) 0.000 m

Provision 6 MT

Stowage Factor 1.24

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


99

Data Dead Weight Cargo Capacity (DWCC)


Summer to Summer Grain End Trimmed . .
DWCC = Summer Displacement (Light Ship + Constant + Provision + Total Deductible Weight)
DWCC =27254 MT (5195 MT + 150 MT + 6MT + 1108.86MT)
= 20794.14 MT

H
Require Weight For No.1 =(No.1 Cargo Hold Volume Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC
Require Weight For No.1 = (6124.58 28610.42) x 20794.14
= 4451.363MT
Require Volume For No.1 = Require Weight For No.1 x Stowage Factor
= 4451.363x 1.24
=5519.691 m3

Cargo Hold No.1 Volume (6124.58m3) > Require Volume For No.1 (5519.691 m3) ( )
Require Weight For No.2 =(No.2 Cargo Hold Volume Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC
Require Weight For No.2 = (7686.16 28610.42) x 20794.14
= 5586.324 MT
Require Volume For No.2 = Require Weight For No.2 x Stowage Factor
= 5586.324 x 1.24
= 6927.042 m3

Cargo Hold No.2 Volume (7686.16m3) > Require Volume For No.2 (6927.042m3) ( )

Require Weight For No.3 =(No.3 Cargo Hold Volume Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC
Require Weight For No.3 = (7700.40 28610.42) x 20794.14
= 5596.674 MT
Require Volume For No.3 = Require Weight For No.3 x Stowage Factor
= 5596.674 x 1.24
= 6939.876m3
Cargo Hold No.3 Volume (7700.40m3) > Require Volume For No.3 (6939.876m3) ( )

Require Weight For No.4 =(No.3 Cargo Hold Volume Total Cargo Hold Volume) x DWCC
Require Weight For No.4 = (7099.28 28610.42) x 20794.14
= 5159.778MT
Require Volume For No.4 = Require Weight For No.3 x Stowage Factor
= 5159.778 x 1.24
= 6398.125m3
Cargo Hold No.4 Volume (7099.28 m3) > Require Volume For No.4 (6398.125m3) ( )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


100

Estimate Cargo to Load


No. 1 Cargo Hold 4451.363MT No. 2 Cargo Hold 5586.324 MT
No. 3 Cargo Hold 5596.674 MT No. 3 Cargo Hold 5159.778MT

DWCC H
.
. Cargo H Stability Booklet
.VCG (Vertical Centre of Gravity Above the Base Line), LCG (Centre of Gravity from Aft
Perpendicular) FSM

Stability Booklet Data


V-MOM = VCG x Weight L-MOM = LCG x Weight

Weight VCG V-MOM LCG L-MOM FSM (tm)


(t) (m) (tm) (m) (tm)
Hold No. 1 4451 7.12 31691.12 123.58 550054.58
Hold No. 2 5586 7 39102 95.7 534580.2
Hold No.3 5597 6.97 39011.09 66.11 370017.67
Hold No. 4 5160 7.2 37152 37.22 192055.2
Fresh Water 34.68 11.67 404.7156 2.93 101.6124 0
Fresh Water 34.68 11.67 404.7156 2.93 101.6124 0
Aft Peak Tank FW 58.5 4.505 263.5425 1.54 90.09 837
FO 1 362 0.77 278.74 95.3 34498.6 0
FO 2 362 0.77 278.74 65.7 23783.4 0
FO 3 100 0.77 77 38.83 3883 0
DO1 100 0.77 77 38.83 3883 0
DO 2 57 0.91 51.87 17.79 1014.03 0
Provision 6 14.5 87 14 84 0
Constant 150 7.2 1080 19 2850 0
22058.86 149959.53 1716997

Light Ship 5195 9.38 48729.1 67.38 350039.1


Total 27253.86 198688.63 2067036.1 837
Total FSM 837
Total Displacement 27253.86 MT
Total V-MOM 198688.63
Total FSM 837
Total L-MOM 2067036.1

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


101

Total Displacement, Total V-MOM, Total FSM, Total L-MOM LCG,


KG (Actual VCG), GM fluid (Actual GM) .

KG (Actual VCG)
KG (Actual VCG) = (Total V-MOM + Total FSM) / Total Displacement
= (198688.63 + 837) / 27253.86
= 7.32 m
GM fluid (Actual GM)
GMfluid (Actual GM) = KM KG (Actual VCG)
= 10.21 -7.32
= 2.889 m
LCG

LCG = Total L-MOM / Total Displacement


= 2067036.1 / 27253.86
=75.84 m

Total Displacement . Stability Booklet Draft, LCB, LCF, MCTC


.
Interpollution
Total Displacement 27253.86 MT

From Hydrostatics Table

Displ Draft LCB LCF MCTC

27222.88 9.1 76.7 72.29 32250.65

27288.62 9.12 76.69 72.26 32302.96

65.74 0.02 -0.01 -0.03 52.31


Interpollution
Displ Draft LCB LCF MCTC
27222.88 9.1 76.7 72.29 32250.65
27253.86 9.11 76.70 72.28 32226.00
30.98 0.00943 0.0047125 0.014138 24.65111

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


102

Total Displacement . Hydrostatic Table Draft, LCB, LCF Lpp (Length Between
Perpendicular) Stability Booklet
To Find Actual Trim
Actual Trim = ((LCB - LCG) xTotal Displ) / MCTC
= ((76.7 -75.84) x 27253.86) / 32226.00
= 0.73 m
To Find Draught At FP(mld) , Draught At AP (mld) and Draught At Lpp/2 (mld)
Mean Draft 9.11m
Draught At AP (mld) = MD + ((Trim x LCF) /Lpp)
= 9.11 + ((0.73 x 72.28) / 148)
= 9.47 m
Draught At FP (mld) = Draught At AP - Trim
= 9.47 0.73
= 8.74 m
Draught At Lpp/2 (mld) = (Draught At AP+ Draught At FP) / 2
= ( 9.47 + 8.74 ) / 2
= 9.105 m
Draft At Marks Aft Draft At Marks Forward Keel Plate Thinkness, Fore Distance To
Perpendicular(Fd),
After Distance To Perpendicular Keel Plate Thickness 0.02m

Fore Distance To Perpendicular (Fd) 1.99m

After Distance To Perpendicular (Ad) 6.11m

To Find Draft Mark Aft and Draft Mark Forward


Draft Mark Aft = (Keel Plate Thickness + Draft At Ap) ( (Trim x After Distance To Perpendicular) / Lpp)
= ( 0.02 + 9.47 ) ((0.73 x 6.11) / 148)
= 9.46 m
Draft Mark Forward = (Keel Plate Thickness + Draft At Fp) + ( (Trim x Fore Distance To Perpendicular) / Lpp)

= (0.02 + 8.74 ) + ((0.73 x 1.99) / 148)


= 8.75m
Lpp 148
Mean Draught 9.11
Draught At AP (mld)=MD+((Trim)*(LCF)/Lpp) 9.46
Draught At FP(mld)=Draught At AP - Trim 8.74
Draught At Lpp/2 (mld)= Draught At AP+ Draught At FP/2 9.10
Plate Thickness 0.02
Fore Distance To Perpendicular (Fd) 1.99
After Distance To Perpendicular (Ad) 6.1
Draft Mark Aft 9.46
Draft Mark Forward 8.77

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


103

LCG 75.84 Require Draft Cargo Hold .


LCF 71.92 . Formula
LCB 76.70 Change of Trim = ( w x d ) / (MCTC tm /m)
MCTC 32226 Remark => MCTC cm MCTC x 100
KM 10.21 = . Cargo Amount
KG(Actual VCG) 7.32 = . Cargo Hold . LCG
GM= KM -KG 2.889
MCTC = Require Mean Draft . Stability Booklet
Trim=(LCB-LCG)*Total Displ/MCTC 0.73

According To Intact Stability Actual KG Stability Booklet


Maximum KGc
Actual KG Maximum KGc According To Intact Stability . Stability
Sufficient
Actual KG Maximum KGc According To Intact Stability . Stability

Max KGc Stability Booklet Table of Allowable Heeling Moment

KGc max (9.885m) > Actual KG 7.32m ( So, The Stability of the Ship is Sufficient According To Intact
Stability)

GRAIN STABILITY CALCULATION


H Cargo Hold
. Volumetric Transverse Shifting Moment (TSM m4 ) Table of Volumetric Transverse Shifting
Moment at Partly Filled Compartment Tanks Cargo Volume
Interpollution
Volumetric Transverse Shifting Moment (TSM m4 ) For No.1 Cargo Hold
Volume of Cargo at Hold No.1 = 5519.691 m3

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


104

Volume Height XG (m) ZG(m) TSM (m4) Volume Height XG(m) ZG (m) TSM (m4)
5463.400 10.400 123.380 6.820 3750.810 5463.400 10.400 123.380 6.820 3750.810
5544.530 10.600 123.890 6.890 3423.770 5519.691 10.539 123.734 6.869 3523.898
81.130 0.200 0.510 0.070 -327.040 56.291 0.138767 0.3538569 0.048569 -226.9125

Volume of Cargo at Hold No.2 = 6927.042 m3

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4)
6852.640 10.400 95.740 6.630 5662.780 6852.640 10.400 95.740 6.630 5662.780
6955.410 10.600 95.730 6.700 5194.080 6927.042 10.545 95.733 6.681 5323.457
102.770 0.200 -0.010 0.070 -468.700 74.402 0.144793 -0.00724 0.050678 -339.3229

Volume of Cargo at Hold No.3 = 6939.876m3

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4)
6852.870 10.400 66.140 6.630 5696.790 6852.870 10.400 66.140 6.630 5696.790
6955.450 10.600 66.130 6.700 5188.160 6939.876 10.570 66.132 6.689 5265.382
102.580 0.200 -0.010 0.070 -508.630 87.006 0.169635 -0.008482 0.059372 -431.4083

Volume of Cargo at Hold No.4 = 6398.125m3

Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4) Volume Height XG (m) ZG (m) TSM (m4)
6382.100 10.600 37.460 6.890 4982.460 6382.100 10.600 37.460 6.890 4982.460
6479.480 10.800 37.440 6.970 4561.960 6398.125 10.633 37.457 6.903 4913.262
97.380 0.200 -0.020 0.080 -420.500 16.025 0.032912 -0.003291 0.013165 -69.19812

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


105

Cargo Hold . Volumetric Transverse Shifting Moment (TSM m4 )


Hold . Heeling Moment Formula

Heeling Moment = ((TSM m4 ) x K) / Stowage Factor (SF)

K for filled compartments =1.00 K for partly filled compartments = 1.12 Stowage Factor = 1.24
Hold No. TSM(m4) SF (m3/t) Heel/mom (tm)
1 3523.898 1.12 1.24 3182.875613
2 5323.457 1.12 1.24 4808.283742
3 5265.382 1.12 1.24 4755.828903
4 4913.262 1.12 1.24 4437.785032
Total Heel-mom 17184.773
Total Heeling Moment

. 40 . Total Heel-mom 17184.773


Total Displacement 27253.86 MT
= Total Heel-mom / Total Displacement
= Total Heel-mom / Total Weight 0.631 m
=17184.773 /27253.86
40 = x 0.8 0.504 m
=0.631 m
LK 10 LK 12 LK 20 LK 30 LK 40 LK 50 LK 60 LK 75
40 = x 0.8 KN*sin( ) 1.786 2.144 3.578 5.048 6.285 7.114 7.567 7.674
= 0.504 m KGc*sin (
GZ ) 0.64 0.77 1.32 1.72 1.98 1.93 1.64 0.911

Definitions of the various terms used in the carriage of goods, i.e. bale capacity, grain capacity, stowage factors,
broken stowage, measurement cargoes, deadweight cargoes

i. Bale capacity cubic capacity of a space when the breadth is taken from the inside of the cargo battens,
the depth from the wood ceiling to the underside of the deck beams and the length from the inside of
the bulkhead stiffeners.
ii. Grain capacity cubic capacity of a space when the lengths, breadths and depths are taken right to the
plating. An allowance is made for the volume occupied by frames and beams.
iii. Stowage factors the volume occupied by unit weight of cargo. Usually expressed as cubic meters per
tonne. It does not take into account any space which may be lost due to broken stowage.
iv. Broken stowage it is the space between packages which remains unfilled. The percentage that has to
be allowed varies with the type of cargo and with the shape of the hold. It is greatest when large cases
have to be stowed in an end hold
v. Measurement cargoes cargo on which freight is usually charged on the volume occupied by the cargo
and this cargo is usually light, bulky cargo stowing at more than 1.2m 3/tonne but may also be heavy
castings of an awkward shape where a lot of space is occupied.
vi. Deadweight cargoes cargo on which freight is charged on its weight. Cargo stowing at less than
1.2m3/tonne is likely to be rated as deadweight cargoes.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


106

182. Cargo Hold Preparation

Next cargo Hold Preparation Preparation

1. Last Cargo . Nature & Conditions


2. Next Cargo . Requirement
3. Cargo Hold Preparation
4.
Next Cargo Last Cargo Good Sweep Down and Removal of
Last Cargo Hold Preparation Next Cargo Last Cargo
Thorough Cleaning
Generally Bulk Carrier H
1. Sweeping down and Collect the previous cargo residue cargo hold
thoroughly remove
2. Dunnage remove
3. Normally Hold Washing final
wash Fresh water final wash corrosion
Hold wash cargo hold

4. Bilges and Strum Box Properly clean disinfected (or) lime


wash bilges cover

5. Cargo hold any damage thoroughly hold inspection .


any damage repair
6. Fix fire fighting equipments and hold test & check
test
test & check
7.
8. H check
9. Mean of Acce check
10. check & test
11. H check
12. Charterers (or) Cargo owner . Fumigations Accordance with

13. check repair

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


107

183. Dunnage & Permmisible Deck Load

Dunnage Cargo Moisture, Contamination . Mechanical Damage


Material
Dunnage
Cargo (

Venilation Provide

H Weight Distribution
Dunnage Void Space

1. Floor Dunnage
2. Lateral Dunnage
3. Peramanent Collapsible Dunnage
4. Inter Layer Dunnage
5. Top Dunnage
Permissible Deck Load 1m2 Area Deck Strain Weight

184. Ventilation Ventilation Method Ventilation


.

Objective of Ventilation
(1) Cargo or Ship Sweat
. Taint ( ) . .
(3) Cargo Hold Dangerous Gas
(4) Cargo Hold fresh air

Type of Ventilation .
(1)Natural ventilation
(2)Mechanical or Forced ventilation.

. Method
(1)Dew Point Rule
(2)Three Degree Rule

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


108

(1)Dew Point Rule


. cargo sweat (or) ship sweat

cargo sweat voyage colder place warmer place .


cargo hold . . cargo
dewpoint of the air inside
the hold lower than the dewpoint of the air outside the hold ventilation

ship sweat voyage warmer place colder place .


cold ai cargo hold . .
ship structure dewpoint of the air
inside the hold higher than the dewpoint of the air outside the hold ventilation
.

Ventilate as long as outside DP < CH Do not Ventilate Until CH temp > outside DP
temp

Dew Point . ) .
lowest temperature situation
Dew Point temperature method dry and weld bulb
thermometer . wet and dry bulb temperatures note down
(Mariner Hand Book determine
figure

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


109

(2)Three Degree Rule

Cargo Loading average cargo temperature out side air temperature several time
a day . compare
Three Degree Rule during loading cargo temperature
reading
. Dry Bulb temperature of out side air at least 3C cooler than the average cargo
temperature at the time of loading ventilation
. Dry Bulb temperature of out side air less than 3C cooler than the average cargo
temperature at the time of loading ventilation

Ventilate if C-O= >3o

Cargo Hold Teperature


185. Cargo Hold Due Point Temperature

Whirling Psychrometer .
( It consists of two thermometers exposed side by side. One is an ordinary dry bulb thermometer and
the other wet bulb thermometer whose bulb is surrounded by a piece of thin muslin kept moist with
distilled water.)

186. Natural Ventilation Type of Ventilation


Through Ventilation Surface Ventilation
Through Ventilation
Leeward ventilator wind side Windward ventilator
away from the wind side (see fig)
The direction used here is the apparent wind direction.
Through vemtolation system greatest air flow rates (eg. Rice Bags Cargo)
Surface Ventilation
Winward ventilator wind side Leeward ventilator away
(see fig)
Surface ventilation certain type of cargo Surface ventilation system
(eg. Coal)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


110

187. Rice Cargo Loading

Nature of Rice
Rice cargo H large amount of water contents

Rice objectionable smell ( .

Rice cargo Carbonic Acid Adequate Ventilation

Around & through the cargo adequate ventilation Rice bag Ships side
bulkheads and tanktop clear Fore and aft position

Loading Procedure
Cargo hold fix fire system properly test & check
Cargo hold . clean, dry water and condensation
Rice Cargo iron Cargo hold . Side
Battern (or) Bamboo Mat (or) . Cover
Adjacent Space Cargo Hold . Engine Room
Bulkhead Cover
Cargo Hold Tank Top Lower Layer Dunnage Athwartship
direction
Upper Layer Dunnage Fore & Aft
direction Bamboo Mat (or) Water Proof Paper
.
Venilation channel & Hold Venilation
Adequate Ventilation temporary ventilator
corner and centre of hatch way . Connect

Temporary ventilation channel



Vertical temporary ventilation channel (6) each corner (4) centre hatch way
(2) .
After loading three tiers of bag and bag (not half bag) horizontal temporary ventilation
channel five bags width Fore and Aft direction placed over the bag

Four tier five bags width


Five tier
Athwartship direction five bags length

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


111

H
c
Back to Wind S
Mechanical Venilation

Stowage
Bagged Rice Cargo Stowage Method Bag on Bag . Half Bag . Cross Tier Method
(3)
Bag on Bag Method
Half Bag Method Broken Stowage
Cross Tier Method collapsing or shifting

After loading Deck Sweat prevent . Top of the Bag Bamboo Mat (or) Water Proof
Cover

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


112

188. IMSBC Code supplement

(7)
1. BLU Code (Code of safe practice for safe loading & unloading of Bulk Carrier)
2. BLU Manual (Manual on loading & unloading of solid bulk cargoes for terminal representative )
3. Uniform Method of Measurement of Density Cargoes
4. Lists of Solid Bulk Cargo for which a fixed gas fire-extinguishing system ineffective. (fixed gas fire-
Bulk Cargoes List)
5. Recommendation for entering Enclosed Space onboard ship
6. Recommendation on the safe use of pesticide in ships applicable to fumigation of cargo hold
7. Contact name & address of the officers of designated national competent authorities responsible for
the safe carriage of grain & solid bulk cargoes

189. IMSBC Code

SOLAS Ch VI & VII IMSBC Code 1st Jan 2011 Solid bulk ca
apply
Contents Section 1 to 13 Appendix 1 to 4

190. IMSBC Code Bulk cargo Group

Group (3)
Group A : cargoes which may liquefy if shipped at a moisture content in excess of their transportable
moisture limit
Group B : cargoes which possess a chemical hazard which could give rise to a dangerous situation on a
ship
Group C : consists of cargoes which are neither liable to liquefy (A) nor to possess chemical hazards (B)

191. Bulk Cargo Ventilation

Bulk Cargo Ventilation (4)


1. Continuous Ventilation (At all time operating)
2. Mechanical Ventilation (Power generated)
3. Natural Ventilation (Not power generated)
4. Surface Ventilation (Space above cargo)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


113

192. Bulk Cargo Hazard

The main hazards of bulk cargoes are as follows:


1. Liquefaction
2. Cargo shift
3. Structural damage due to improper distribution
4. Chemical hazards
5. Other health hazards

193. Liquefaction
Moisture Content bulk cargoes

viscous fluid state .


one side another side completely return the roll

Liquefy Cargo IMSBC Code Group A Cargo List provide Actual


moisture limit of cargo IMSBC Code transportable moisture limit (TML)

transportable moisture limit (TML)

194. Transportable Moisture Limit (TML)


. bulk cargo

195. IMSBC Code Group A


Group A during voyage

. Criteria (2)
1. Actual Moisture Content of Cargo TML limit accept for loading
2. Actual Moisture Content of Cargo TML limit specially
constructed (or) fitted .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


114

196. ?
acceptable limit confine arrangement
permanent structural boundaries

Normal Vessel Special Constructed (or) Fitted Vessel

197. . TML Test


(i) (Ashore) (Recommended Test Appendix 2 )
Appendix 2 )
Onboard Test
0.5 to 1 liters capacity cylindrical can (or) similar container . Sample material
.
H sharply to strike
strike interval 1 (or) 2 sec procedure 25

.
loading accepted Additional Laboratory Test

198. What is an Angle of repose?


An angle of repose is defined as:
Angle of repose the maximum slope angle of non-cohesive (
(i.e free flowing, granular material)
horizontal plane . Cone of such material

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


115

199. . Risk of cargo shift


Solid - correctly
stowed Risk of cargo shifting
Angle of repose the maximum slope angle of non-cohesive (
(i.e free flowing, granular material)
horizontal plane . cone of such material

Angle of repose

Cargoes with angle of repose less than 35 danger Cargoes with


angle of repose higher than 35 lesser the
angle of repose the higher the danger of a cargo shift
Bulk Cargo shiftng prevent Trim level
angle of repose ) cargo hold boundaries
Special precautions are needed and for such cargoes, which will be similar in nature to grain, the
International Grain Code must be consulted and followed.

200. Angle of repose determine Method


(2)
1. Tilting Box Method => Grain size not greater than 10mm -

2. Ship board test method => . alternative procedure .


(Method . Procedure Appendix 2 )

201. Solid Bulk Cargo Ship .


(i) Excessive loading rates of density cargo, drop into hold from height (BLU Code)
(ii) Improper weight distribution of cargo (Alternate hold loading, Block hold loading)
(iii) Uneven distribution of the cargo (S/F, B/M) sequence plan agree
(iv) Excessive stability (Stiff =>GM , Roll period / Tender => GM , Roll period )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


116

202. Bulk Cargo Distribution


The more commonly adopted cargo distribution (4) condition
1. Homogenous Hold Loading Condition
2. Alternate Hold Loading Condition
3. Block Hold Loading Condition
4. Part Hold Loading Condition

1. Homogenous Hold Loading Condition


All cargo hold cargo dsribution Generally . All Bulk Carr
(sucah
as coal and grain) H H Homogenous Hold
Loading Condition

2. Alternate Hold Loading Condition


Alternate H specially strength
High Density Cargo cargo
Alternative type of cargo distribution Centre of Gravity

Specially Strength H Alternate hold loading .


particular area of vessel

3. Block Hold Loading and Partly Loaded Condition


Two o j cargo adjacent cargo hold empty
Block Hold loading Condition

Block Hold Loading Part special request


Loading Manual describe

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


117

Part Loaded Condition over-stressing of the hull structure Cargo


amount of cargo . Require sailing draught
Part Loaded and Block Loading
i Ships Loading Manual Part Loaded and Block Loading distribution describe
Loading Manual descri e Ships Structure specified loading approved
for carriage of cargo
ii Each cargo hold and loc cargo holds function of ships mean draught maximum
argo eight limit approved local loading criteria
iii art Loaded and loc Loading distri ution hold . satisfied
cargo weight, amount of cargo carried . draught limit ( specified by the local loading criteria)
hull girder . Safe Working Sheering Force (SWSF) and Safe Working Bending Moment
S M permissible limit

203.

Uneven distribution of the cargo vessel length excessive shearing


force and
ship structure
racking stress excessive stability

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


118

204. H
Loading & Discharging Cargo discharging
cleaning
ballasting . Require stability

205.
Bulk (chemical hazards) to package (DG) Segregation Table
Bulk (chemical hazards) to Bulk (chemical hazard) Segregation Table
Table (2) apply

206. DG Proper Shipping Name (PSN) Bulk


Bulk cargo shipping name (BCSN)
Individual schedules or Index Capital Letter (IMSBC Code)
IMDG Code PSN BCSN

207. Bulk Cargo (Iron Ore) Loading


Prior to loading . Cargo hold cleaning test
Preloading plan . Ballast / Deballast plan
Stress factor effecting through the ship, Maximum angle of heel
Present Cargo . Moisture Content
Loading increase (Loading
Rate )
H one- fourth

Load Draft, Bending Moment, Shearing Stress Iron Ore .


Stowage Factor 0.34 to 0.50

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


119

208. Liquefy Bulk Cargo .


Liquefy IMSBC Code ( Nickel Ore Cargo Group A
. Moisture content more than TML Cargo Non-Combustible
. Low Fire Risk )
- Before Loading
TML Certificate . Moisture Content Shipper
TML result Loading (6) Test
Declaration of Moisture Result Loading (7)
Loading rain, s . Test
Lab test . Master inform Cargo Document Note
Down
- During Loading
Wx precaution ( .) Hatch
H
. 5% Trim Ventilation
- During Voyage
Cargo Surface Regular Check
Cargo Surface . Master ( . Cargo
Shifting, Capsizing . Appropriate Action )

209. Draft Survey


Purpose of Draft Survey
Drfat Survey Before Loading Constant After
Loading Estimated Cargo Amount

(1) Density Of Sea Water

Fore Draft Port (FP) 10.790m Fore Draft Port (FP) 10.790m Aft Draft Port (AP) 11.160m
Fore Draft Stb (FS) 10.810m Fore Draft Stb (FS) 10.810m Aft Draft Stb(AS) 11.190m
Fore Mean Draft (Fm) 10.800m Fore Mean Draft (Fm) 10.800m Aft Mean Draft (Am) 11.175m

(2)

Apparent Trim (AT) =( Aft Mean Draft Am - Fore Mean Draft Fm) 0.375m

(3) Length Between

Length Between Mark (LBM) = LBP -(Fore Distance To Perpendicular Fd + After Distance To Perpendicular Ad)
Length Between Mark (LBM) 167.850m

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


120

(4)

Fore Correction (Fc) 0.004m

Mid Correction (Mc) 0.000m

Aft Correction (Ac) 0.021m

(5) True Draft and True Trim



-

Fore Draft Corrected (Fcd) = Fore Mean Draft (Fm) + (+/-) Fore Correction (Fc)

Fore Draft Corrected (Fcd) 10.796m

Mid Draft Corrected (Mcd) = Mid Mean Draft (Mm) + Mid Correction (Mc)

Mid Draft Corrected (Mcd) 10.965m

Aft Draft Corrected (Acd) = Aft Mean Draft (Am) + (+/-)Aft Correction (Ac)

Aft Draft Corrected (Acd) 11.196m

True Trim (TT) = Aft Draft Corrected - Fore Draft Corrected (For By the Stern)

True Trim (TT) 0.400m

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


121

(6) Quarter Mean Draft (Final Draft)

Quarter Mean Draft (MMM) 10.973m

Fore and Aft Mean (FAm) 10.996m

Mean of Mean Draft (MM) 10.98058m

Quarter Mean Draft (MMM) 10.973m

Require Draft (Quarter Mean Draft (MMM))= 10.973 m


From Hydrostatic Table
Draft Displacement TPC
LCF (m)
(m) (MT) (MT)
10.970 54,266.86 54.210 1.180
10.980 54321.070 54.220 1.190
0.010 54.210 0.010 0.010

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


122
Interpollution
Draft Displacement
TPC (MT) LCF (m)
(m) (MT)
10.970 54,266.86 54.210 1.180
10.973 54,281.98 54.213 1.183
0.003 15.12090818 0.002789 0.002789

( H Moment to Change Trim (MTC) Quarter Mean Draft + 0.5


Quarter MeanDraft - 0.5

For Quarter Mean Draft +0.5 (MTC1) 11.473

Draft(m) MTC Draft(m) MTC


11.470 709.910 11.470 709.910
11.480 710.060 11.473 709.955
0.010 0.150 0.003 0.045

MTC 1 709.955

For Quarter Mean Draft -0.5 (MTC2) 10.473

Draft(m) MTC Draft(m) MTC


10.470 686.460 10.470 686.460
10.480 686.770 10.473 686.546
0.010 0.310 0.003 0.086

MTC 2 686.546

(9) MTC
MTC=MTC1 -MTC2
MTC 23.409

1st Trim Correction (FTc) 14.326 MT

(11)

2nd Trim Correction (STc) 1.046MT

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


123

(12)

Displacement Corrected To Trim (DispT) = Displacement + (1st Trim Correction (FTc) + 2nd Trim Correction (STc))

Displacement Corrected To Trim (DispT) 54297.352MT

(13) Density Correction

Actual Density (Aden) = Sample Sea Water Density = 1.021

Density Correction (Denc) -211.892 MT

(14)

Displ Corrected To Density (DispDenc) = Displ Corrected To Trim (DispT) +Density Correction (Denc)

Displacement Corrected To Density (DispDenc) 54085.460MT

(15)

Net Displacement (Ndisp) = Displacement Corrected To Density (DispDenc) Total Deductible Weight

Net Displacement (Ndisp) 52828.835MT

(16) Estimated Cargo

Chief Officer
Constant Declaration or Draft Survey Previous Port or the Ship completing to discharge her cargoes

Estimated Cargo Onboard (EstCOB) = Net Displacement (Ndisp) - (Light Ship + Constant)

Estimated Cargo Onboard (EstCOB) 44728.835MT

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


124

Applicant Arrival
Name Of Vessel M.V Ocean Ball Light Ship 7780.000 MT
Place/ Port of JAKATA PORT Constant 320.000 MT
Description of Cargo BULK GRAIN
Intial Survey Final Survey
Date & Time of Reading:
Sea Condition Smooth
1.Forward Draft Port Side 10.790 m
Starboard Side 10.810 m
Mean 10.800 m
Correction -0.004 m
Corrected 10.796 m
2.After Ward Correction Port Side 11.160 m
Starboard Side 11.190 m
Mean 11.175 m
Correction 0.021 m
Corrected 11.196 m
3.Fore and After Mean Draft 10.996 m
4.Mid Ship Draft Port Side 10.900 m
Starboard Side 11.030 m
Mean 10.965 m
Correction 0.000 m
Corrected 10.965 m
5. Mean of Mean 10.981 m
6.Quarter Mean Of Mean 10.973 m
7.Displacement 54281.981 MT
8.Trim Correction Initial Final
Trim 0.400
TPC 54.213 1st Trim 14.326 MT
LCF 1.183 2nd Trim 1.046 MT
MTC 686.546
LBP 179.000
Density 1.021
9.Displacement Corrected for Trim 54297.352 MT
10.Density Correction -211.8921 MT
11.Displacement Corrected For Density 54085.460 MT
12.Total Deduction Weight
Ballast 271.625 MT
Fresh Water 183.000 MT
Fuel Oil 612.000 MT
Diesel Oil 161.000 MT
Other/ LO 29.000 MT
13.Net Displacement 52828.835 MT
14.Total Cargo Discharging
15.Estimate Cargo Onboard 44728.835 MT

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


125

210. BLU Code


BLU Code

The Code of Practice for the Safe Loading and Unloading of Bulk Carriers mandatory IMO code

Under Resolution A.862(20) BLU Code and BLU Manual IMSBC Code

BLU Code BLU Manual terminal operators,


representatives others who may be involved in training relevant personnel

Purpose Responsible Persons Safe Loading or Unloading function


Safety Of Bulk Carrier
Contents Section 1 to 6 . Appendix 1 to 5 .
Section 1. Definitions;
Section 2. Suitability of ships and terminals;
Section 3. Procedures between ship and shore prio ;
Section 4. Procedures between ship and terminal prior to cargo handling;
Section 5. Cargo loading and handling of ballast;
Section 6. Unloading cargo and handling of ballast;

Appendix 1. Recommended contents of port and terminal information books;


Appendix 2. Loading or unloading plan;
Appendix 3. Ship/shore safety checklist;
Appendix 4. Guidelines for completing the ship/shore safety checklist;
Appendix 5. Form for cargo information.

211. Bulk Coal Loading


Nature of Coal Cargoes
Coal cargoes Hazard
1. They may emit flammable gasses
2. It has a tendency to self heat
3. Oxidation
4. Reaction with water
5. Liquefaction hazards
(1)They may emit flammable gasses
Nature of Coal cargoes methane gas emit Methane gas
. Coal cargo Hatch coaming . Top of the .
j j leak
Methane .Flammable Range 5% to 16% source of ignition

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


126

Methane . concentration . MGN 60 and BC Code recommend


Surface ventilation the hold after
departure from loading Acceptable cocetration
ventilation . Concentration of methane over LEL 20% (lower
explosive limit) adequate surface ventilation

Coal cargo . Vincinity smoking and naked flame Hot work

(2)Tendency to Self Heat


. Coal cargo self heating self heating
Coal cargo prior to loading shipper inform
. Carbon mono hold
Self heating H kept close
surface ventilation limited
Self heating cargo trimmed level gas poc the
body of the coal
Carbon monoxide gas toxic, odourless and flammable gas Cargo hold
harmful gases (methane, oxygen, and carbon monoxide)
detect and measure onboard
. regular
interval monitor log book record
. carbon monoxide level
completely close all ventilation

cargo cooling In case of cargo fire

(3)Oxidation
Coal cargo Oxidation cargo hold
Hold hold
oxygen detect enclosed space entry procedure follow

(4)Reaction with Water


Some coal cargo . acid Hydogen gas
Hydogen

Bilge Ph level Ph monitoring adequate precaution

(5)Liquefaction hazards
Less than 7mm moisture content transportable moisture limit (TML)
moisture content TML . Ensure
IMSBC Code

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


127

Prior to Loading
Loading shipper (or) his agent cahracteristics of the cago recommended safe handling
procedures for loading and transport of the cargo documents provide
TML Certificate . Moisture Content Shipper
TML result Loading (6) Test
Declaration of Moisture Result Loading (7)
Loading . Test
Lab test . Master inform Cargo Document Note
Down
. Shipper cargo liable to emit methane (or) self heat

Before and During Loading


Cargo spaces
Previous cargo removed
Cargo spaces and adjacent space
explosive
safe for use
Space . harmful gases (methane, oxygen, and carbon monoxide) . Cargo hold bilge
. Ph value detect and measure onboard

During loading and during voyage cargo space . temperature

SOLAS regulation II/2 17 onboard


No smoking regulation must be imposed warning sign
and placard display
Coal cargo .

Prior to Departure

formation of gas pocket coal body


surface of the material reasonable trimmed level Cargo hatch way
cover sealed

During the Voyage

During the voyage cargo behaviour cargo information


differences behavior shipper .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


128

212. . correct
check (2)

Always Calculate the effects first, before authorizing action to be taken


(1)List
Cause
Port Side Total Weight . STB Side Total Weight .
check
one side only
List Formula GG1 = w x d
W

G centre line

Corrective Action

P - Load / Ballast Port Side .( .) Unload /


Deballast STB Side (Common Sense
s )

(2) Angle of Loll

Cause G
Wt x KG = Moment
_ x _ = _ Corrective Action

_ x _ = _ P

_ x _ = _

_____________________________ S

Final KG = Final Mom - Low Side


- )
GM = KM Final KG = -ve GM - Smallest Tank
Both Side - High Side

Angle of Loll = Tan = 2GM Port Side


BM
)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


129

213. Hatch Cover Maintenance


Cargo Hold Outside Atmosphere (i.e. air, moisture, weather and water)
. Cargo H
Another Important Function Cargo Hold Water Ingress Ship Stability
at all sea condition water tight integrity ma
Maintenance for Hatch Covers:
H Light Weight Steel (or) High Ten
H water ingress avoid


Hatch Cover H examine

Cleats, Hauling Wire, Rollers, Chain At All Time


Maintenance
H H
Check
Immediately Replace (Renewd Gasket Minimum 1m )
Steel to Steel Fault

Regular Grease
H Check
Hydraulic Pump Oil Guage Level Check
j

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


130

214. Hatch Cover Test Test

Hatch Cover Test (3)


1. Hose water Test
2. Ultrasonic Test
3.

1. Hose water Test

12mm diameter Nozzle H . Pressure of 0.5 m/ second


Water Jet
Hose W H
Hose Water Test
H

2. Ultrasonic Test
H H

H H

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


131


. Ultrasonic

3 .Chalk Test
Water Tight Integrity Hold cover compression
Most Traditional Method A Layer of Chalk Powder Over The Steel Back
Of The Hatch H H

215. Type Of Hatch Cover


(1) Single pull Stud Hatch Covers.
(2) Folding Hatch Covers. (Direct pull type)
(3) Folding Hatch Covers. (Hydraulic operated)
(4) Side Rolling Hatch Covers.
(5) Stacking Hatch Covers.
(6) Roll Stowing and Drum Stowing
(7) Piggy Back Hatch Covers.

216. What is containers? Advantage and Disadvantage?


Transport equipments Door to door transport .
securing & stowage .
Parmenent character repeated use . strong
Transport intermediate loading by one or more
specially designed

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


132

Advantages
(1)Cargo (i) (ii) weather protest (iii) Pilferage
reduce
(2) Containers (iv) Handle (vi)
over stow
(3) Charges (vii) wear house (viii) Packing
(ix)
Disadvantages

217. Safety approval plate plate


Approval container permanent fixed information plate
(i) approve country
(ii) Manufacture date / test load examination date
(iii) ID No.
(iv) Max gross weight
(v) Allow stacking weight & racking

218. Container marking


10 digit code (eg. OCLU 123456) (4letter owner / 6 figure Sr No.)
Owner Code / Sr No. ldg/disg .
Country code . Type code
Max Gross weight . Tare weight .

219. What is the Tare weight, Max Pay Load, Max Gross Weight ?
Tare weight = Empty Container . Weight
Max Pay Load =
Max Gross Weight =

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


133

220. Cargo capacity


TEU = Twenty Equivalents Units

221. Safety Approval Plate max stack weight PDL


Stack weight / load = PDL for container ship
Each roll container . Weight
anchorage points . Anchorage pts

Permissible Deck load = Stack Weight .


weight) (without stain)
Builder / Class approve
Each deck, Each hold PDL capacity plan specified deck plan .
(KN/m2) (tones /m2 9.9

222. Container propose stowage plan

( )
(1) Stability (i) Dead weight / DWCC
(ii)Draft Trim limit /Ballast & Deballast
(iii)Stack load on tank top & Hatch cover
(iv)Allowance for extra weight
(v) TEU slot / Under deck & On Deck /Ma x tare weight
(2) Safety (i)Lashing plan / Lashing material
(ii) DG additional requirement & segregation
(iii)High Cube container (Hatch . Hatch
Carne down .
Bridge visibility ( bow 2 ship length or 500 m
)
(3) Economy (i) Check port rotation
)
(iii) Maximum workable hook ( Guy )
(iv) Port speed / Sequence plan

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


134

223.
.
Shipping document Sr no. . .
Shipper
Custom presence of OOW (or) representative

224. Stuffing Container


Container (2)
LCL = less than container load (Container . )
FCL = full container load ( shipper )
. Suitability ( cargo ) Refer container setting
carrier )

225. Container Standard Size?

For general purpose container =


=
= H
For general refer container =

226. Container
Types of container
1. General purpose container
2. Open sided container
3. Open top container
4. )
5. Ventilated container (Natural Ventilation)
6. Fan )
7. )
8. )
9. )
10. 19000 2400 )
11. Car carriers containers
12. .)
13. H )
14. )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


135

227. What is stacking weight?


228. Plan
Bay, Roll, Tear These bay, row and tier numbers are noted in the bay plans.

Row number Designation


Centre Line . Port Side 02 04 06 08
STBD Side 01 03 05 07

Bay number

TEU FEU TEU

Bay 1 3 FEU Bay 2 / Bay 5 7 FEU Bay 6

Tier number
Hold 02 02, 04, 06, 08
On Deck 82 82, 84, 86, 88 etc

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


136

229. Container before loading

Shore side cargo plan C/O approve Approve


(Normally EDI (Electronic Data Interchange) and Check the plan as
follow)
1. Voyage Dead weight, Stability, Draft, Trim, List, Stress check
2. Lashing . check
3. Weight of container . . Cargo gear
4. Port rotation
5.
6. Refer Container /
7. Refer Container Temperature
8. IMDG Container Apply
9. Special Condition
10. Container SOLAS CH(V) requirement 22 . ( bow
2 ship length or 500 m )
11. check Plan
12. Cargo IMDG Condition . . Refer .

13. OOW Stowage Plan (Bay Plan), Refer List, IMDG List, Ballast, Deballast
instruction

230. Container
Positioning Cone ( )
Stocking Cone ( )
Bridge Fitting ( )
Twist Lock ( )
Lashing Bar and Bottle Screw or Chain Tension Hook (lashing 2nd tare . 3rd tare
)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


137

231. IMDG Class


Classes (9)
Class 1 Explosives
Class 2 Gases
Class 3 Flammable liquids
Class 4 Flammable solids
Class 5 Oxidizing substances and organic peroxides
Class 6 Toxic and infectious substances
Class 7 Radioactive material
Class 8 Corrosive substances
Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles
( . toxic corr mise )

232. IMDG Code Volume


SOLAS Chapter VII IMDG
Code comply
IMDG Code Vol (1) (2) Supplement (3)
Volume 1 Parts 1-2 & 4-7 of the Code
Part 1 General provisions, definitions and training
Part 2 Classifications
Part 4 Packing and tank provisions
Part 5 Consignment procedures
Part 6 Construction and Testing of Packaging, Intermediate Bulk Containers (IBCs),
Large Packaging, Portable Tanks, Multi-Element Gas Containers (MEGCs) and Road
Tank Vehicles
Part 7 Requirements concerning transport operations
Volume 2 Part 3 and the Appendices of the Code .

Part 3 == Dangerous Goods List (DGL) ,Special provision Limited and Quantities Exceptions
Appendix A == List of Generic and N.O.S. (Not Otherwise Specified) Proper Shipping Names
Appendix B == Glossary of terms
Alphabetical Index

The supplement

Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods (EMS)


Medical First Aid Guide (MFAG)
Reporting Procedures
IMO/ILO/ECE Guidelines for Packing Cargo Transport Units
Safe Use of Pesticides ( ) in Ships, Cargo Holds and CTUs
International Code for the Carriage of Packaged Irradiated Nuclear Fuel, Plutonium and High-
Level Radioactive Wastes on Board Ships
Appendix .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


138

Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods (EMS)


i. Group Title
ii. Special Emergency Equipment to be carried
iii. Emergency Procedure
iv. Emergency Actions
v.

233. DG Cargo
(1) Documents
(2) Requirements
(3) Precaution Before Loading
(4) Reception and Loading, Segregation, securing
(5) Care in transit

.
DG DOC Cargo Booking List Shipper Declaration
UN number . Proper shipping name check

IMDG Code, B.C Code, SOLAS, comply and reference

IMDG Code Volume II refer EMS MFAG cargo .

SOLAS Requirement Proposed Cargo Plan


Cargo Plan IMDG Volume I Stowage Requirement
reference
Amount DG Cargo Segregate
A copy of manifest or stowage plan before departure port atourity . Designated person

Stowage plan identified

(3) Precaution Before Loading


Emergency Plan Draw Emergency Team
Fire Precaution Any Part Of The Ship H operate
Water On Deck at all time
DG H
Spark
Spark Arrester
Fire man outfit 4 sets, Chemical Protection Suits 2 sets BA Set 4 sets
(including 2 extra bottles) ready
Test (CO2 Air Blow Test)
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
139

(4) Reception and Loading, Segregation, securing


. B flag Red Light
No Hot work & No Bunkering
off
Responsible person operation
Securing Administration approved Cargo Securing Manual
(5) Care in transit
During Voyage lashing inspection, ventilation , temperature (if require) , sounding, heat
carefully check
Marine Pollutant DG inspect regually lost over board

(5) During discharging loading

234. IMDG
Shipper Proper Shipping Name
Eg. Proper Shipping Name = Sulphur
(1) Vol (2) Part 3 Index (Vol 2 ) Cargo
Require Cargo UN Number
Sulphur

(2) UN No. Vol 2 Chapter 3.2 Dangerous Goods List Note down
UN No. (eg. Sulphur UN No. =1350) colum 18 (New
column 7 7a 7b column ) sulphur
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


140

(3) Table Column 3 Class or Division Column . Vol (1) .


Part 2 Part 2 . Chapter 2.4 Class 4 Flammable solids; substances liable
to spontaneous combustion; substances which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases
Sulphur lass or i ision 4.1 .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


141

(4) Parking Group Column Sulphur III .


Vol (1) Part 2 , Chapter 2 . 2.1.0.3 (New
Chapter Column )

(5) Column 6 Special Provisions Sulphur 242 Vol (2) Part 3 .


Chapter 3.3

(6)Column 7 Limited quantity 7a 7b Column


Column 7a Vol (2) Part 3 . Chapter 3.4 Column 7b Chapter 3.5
Sulphur Column 7a - Limited Quantity 5kg limited quantity
maximum quantity per inner packaging 5kg
Column 7b Excepted Quantities column code maximum
quantity per inner and outer packaging
Dangerous goods shipped as limited quantities are exempted some of the land and sea transport rules By sea the main concession is that no
segregation is required from other dangerous goods Another concession is that UN-coded packaging is not required

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


142

Column 7b Excepted Quantities

(7) Column 8 . 9 DG pac Column 8 Packing


Instructions Vol 1 Part 4 Chapter 4.1.4 .1 transport of substances and articles
Column 9 Special Packing Provisions Vol 1 Part 4
Chapter 4.1.4.3 Sulphur
Cloumn 8 P 002 . LP 02 . Sulphur Column 9
special packing

Packing Instruction for P 002

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


143

Packing Instruction for LP 02

(8) Column 10 . 11 IBC Packing Instructions IBC Special Provisions


Column 10 IBC Packing Instructions Vol 1 Part 4 Chapter 4.1.4.2 IBC Transport
Column 9 Special Packing Provisions Vol 1
Part 4 Chapter 4.1.4.2 Sulphur
Cloumn 10 IBC 08 . Cloumn 11 B3 .

(9) Column 12, 13 and 14


Column 12 Reserved Column for
Column 13 UN Tank and Bulk Container Instructions Vol 1 Part 4
Chapter 4.2 - Use of portable tanks and MEGCs 4.2.5.2.6 . Column 14 -
Tank Special Provisions Vol 1 Part 4 Chapter 4.2 - Use of portable tanks and MEGCs
4.2.5.3 . Sulphur Cloumn 13 T1 . Cloumn 14 TP 33
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


144
Sulphur Cloumn 13 T1

Sulphur Cloumn 14 TP 33

(10) Column 15 Emergency Response Procedures for Ships Carrying Dangerous Goods (EMS)
Emergency Schedules for FIRE and SPILLAGE . Response Procedure
EMS Column 15 Sulphur F-A and S-G
. Detail IMDG Supplement
Emergency Schedules for FIRE

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


145

(11) IMDG Vol 1 Part 7 Column 16 . Detail information


Sulphur Column 16 Category A. Protect from
spar s and open flame Separated from class 5.1

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


146

(12) Column 17 angerous ood roperties and ser ation

235. IMDG Segregation


IMDG Code
1. ;
2. ;
3. ;
4. Separated longitudinally by an intervening com

IMDG Container Segregation

Level 1 Away From


- H
)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


147

"AWAY FROM"

HORIZONTAL
CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED VERTICAL
ON DECK UNDER DECK

FORE AND AFT No Restriction No Restriction One on top of the other


ATHWARTSHIPS No Restriction No Restriction permitted

1 - Situation closed versus closed


Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.

Level 2 Separated from


- Fore and Aft (Horizontal
One container space or one bulkhead
- Athwartships (Horizontal

SEPARATED FROM"

HORIZONTAL
CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED VERTICAL
ON DECK UNDER DECK

FORE AND AFT One container space One container space or one bulkhead NOT in the same
vertical line
ATHWARTSHIPS One container space One container space unless segregated
by a deck

2 - Situation closed versus closed


Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.

Level 3 Separated by a complete compartment or hold from


- Fore and Aft (Horizontal
One Bulkhead
- Athwartships (Horizontal On Deck
One Bulkhead
-

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


148

"SEPARATED BY A COMPLETE COMPARTMENT OR HOLD FROM"

CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED HORIZONTAL


OR VERTICAL
ON DECK UNDER DECK
CLOSED VERSUS OPEN

FORE AND AFT One container space One bulkhead NOT in the same
vertical line
ATHWARTSHIPS Two container spaces One bulkhead unless segregated
by a deck

3 - Situations closed versus closed and closed versus open


Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.

Level 4 Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from


- Fore and Aft (Horizontal Minimum Horizontal distance of 24 m
One bulkhead and minimum horizontal distance of 24 m*

- Athwartships (Horizontal On Deck


-
"SEPARATED LONGITUDINALLY BY AN INTERVENING COMPLETE COMPARTMENT OR HOLD FROM"

HORIZONTAL
CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED VERTICAL
ON DECK UNDER DECK

Minimum Horizontal One bulkhead and minimum


FORE AND AFT
distance of 24 m horizontal distance of 24 m* Prohibited
ATHWARTSHIPS Prohibited Prohibited

4 - Situation closed versus closed


Note: All bulkheads and decks shall be resistant to fire and liquids.
* Containers not less than 6 m from intervening bulkhead.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


149

Table of segregation of freight containers on board container ships

VERTICAL HORIZONTAL
SEGREGATION CLOSED CLOSED VERSUS CLOSED CLOSED VERSUS OPEN OPEN VERSUS OPEN
REQUIREMENT CLOSED OPEN VERSUS
VERSUS
VERSUS OPEN OPEN ON DECK UNDER DECK ON DECK UNDER DECK ON DECK UNDER DECK
CLOSED
ONE
OPEN ON TOP ONE CONTAINER
FORE AND NO NO NO NO
OF CLOSED CONTAINER SPACE OR
"AWAY FROM" ONE ON TOP AFT RESTRICTION RESTRICTION RESTRICTION RESTRICTION
PERMITTED SPACE ONE
OF THE OTHER BULKHEAD
OTHERWISE AS
.1 PERMITTED
FOR "OPEN ONE ONE
VERSUS OPEN" ATHWART- NO NO NO NO
CONTAINER CONTAINER
SHIPS RESTRICTION RESTRICTION RESTRICTION RESTRICTION
SPACE SPACE

NOT IN THE ONE ONE


ONE ONE ONE
SAME VERTICAL FORE AND CONTAINER CONTAINER ONE
CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER
"SEPARATED FROM" LINE UNLESS AFT SPACE OR ONE SPACE OR ONE BULKHEAD
SPACE SPACE SPACE
SEGREGATED BULKHEAD BULKHEAD
.2 BY A DECK ONE ONE ONE TWO TWO
NOT IN THE ATHWART- ONE
CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER CONTAINER
SAME VERTICAL SHIPS BULKHEAD
AS FOR "OPEN SPACE SPACE SPACE SPACES SPACES
LINE UNLESS
VERSUS OPEN"
SEGREGATED
"SEPARATED BY A BY A DECK ONE ONE TWO
FORE AND ONE TWO
COMPLETE CONTAINER ONE BULKHEAD CONTAINER CONTAINER
AFT BULKHEAD BULKHEADS
COMPARTMENT OR SPACE SPACE SPACES
HOLD FROM" TWO TWO THREE
ATHWART- ONE TWO
CONTAINER ONE BULKHEAD CONTAINER CONTAINER
.3 SHIPS BULKHEAD BULKHEADS
SPACES SPACES SPACES

"SEPARATED ONE BULKHEAD


MINIMUM MINIMUM MINIMUM
LONGITUDINALLY BY AND MINIMUM
FORE AND HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL TWO HORIZONTAL TWO
AN INTERVENING HORIZONTAL
AFT DISTANCE OF DISTANCE OF BULKHEADS DISTANCE OF BULKHEADS
COMPLETE DISTANCE OF
PROHIBITED 24 M 24 M 24 M
COMPARTMENT OR 24 M*
HOLD FROM"
ATHWART-
PROHIBITED PROHIBITED PROHIBITED PROHIBITED PROHIBITED PROHIBITED
.4 SHIPS

IMDG Segregation of packages

Level 1 Away From

H .
H Minimum 3m

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


150

Level 2 Separated from


vertical separation
different compartments or holds
at least 6m

Level 3 Separated by a complete compartment or hold from



(One of the two deck must be resistant to Fire & Liquid)
at least 12m

Level 4 Separated longitudinally by an intervening complete compartment or hold from



at least 24m

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


151

236.
(1) Proper Shipping Name
(2) Identify of the Goods
(3) UN Number
(4) Radiation detail
(5) Explosive detail
Additionally
a) Number and type of package
b) The gross weight of the consignment
c) The net weight of the explosive content of class 1
d) The flash point if 61 C or below
e) Packed into container or vehicle, package certificate

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


152

237.

- constructed
IBC Code chapter 17 (MARPOL Annex II Category X, Y, Z)
design, construction,
equipment
-

IBC Coode comply Administration . Nominated


Surveyor Survey International Certificate of Fitness for carriage of
dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) Not More Than Five Year Validity
. Survey Initial Survey, Renewal Survey, Annual Survey, Intermediate
Survey . Additional Survey (5)
Chemical Tanker IBC Code International Certificate of Fitness for
carriage of dangerous chemical in Bulk (I.C.O.F) MARPOL Annex II
International Pollution Prevention Certificate for carriage of NLS in bulk (I.N.L.S.C)

Contents Chapter 21 Appendix 6


Chapter-1 : General
Chapter-2: Ship survival capability and location of cargo tanks
Chapter-3: Ship Arrangement
Chapter-4 : Cargo containment
Chapter-5 : Cargo transfer
Chapter-6 : Material od construction, protection, linings and coatings
Chapter-7 : Cargo temperature control
Chapter-8 : Cargo tank venting and gas freeing arrangement
Chapter-9 : Enviromental control
Chapter-10: Electrical Installation
Chapter-11 : Fire protection and fire extinction
Chapter-12 : Mechanical Ventilation in the cargo area
Chapter-13 : Instrumentation
Chapter-14 : Personal protection
Chapter-15 : Special Requirements
Chapter-16 : Operational Requirements
Chapter-17 : Summary of minimum requirements
Chapter-18 : List of product to which the code does not apply
Chapter-19 : Index of product carried in bulk
Chapter-20 : Transport of liquid chemical wastes
Chapter-21 : Criteria for assigning carriage requirements for products subject to the IBC Code
Appendix 1 to 6 .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


153

238. . Chapter 17
Chapter-17 : Summary of minimum requirements
Chapter-18 : List of product to which the code does not apply
Chapter-19 : Index of product carried in bulk

Chapter-17 : Summary of minimum requirements


Column a to o (except column b and m)

Column a (Product name)


Column c (Pollution category)


MARPOL Annex II assigned Pollution Category X, Y, Z

Column d (Hazards)
H
safety hazard
pollution hazard

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


154

Column e (Ship type)



( H )

Type 1 Type2

Type 3

Column f (Tank Type)

Tank type . Construction . Pressure


Construction . Independent Tank (column 1 ) . Integral Tank(column
2 )
Pressure . Gravity Tank (column ) . Pressure Tank(column
)

1 : Independent Tank
Independent Tank Hull Structure contiguous ( )
Tank

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


155

2 : Integral Tank
Integral Tank H Tank

G : Gravity Tank
Tank having design pressure not greater than 0.07Mpa gauge at the top of the tank
Gravity Tank Independent Tank (or) Integral Tank
P : Pressure Tank
Tank having design pressure greater than 0.07Mpa gauge Pressure Tank
Independent Tank (or) Integral Tank

Column g (Tank Vent)

Tank Venting System Control Venting (column ) Open Venting


(column )
Vent Outlets Pipe Line pressure and vaccum relief valves or pressure/vaccum valves
Venting System
Vent Outlets Pipe Line pressure and vaccum relief valves or pressure/vaccum valves
Venting System Open

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


156

Column h (Tank Enviromental Control)

Tank Enviromental Control minimum requirement (5)

I. Inert: === inerting (Cargo IG Gas N2 )


II. Pad: === liquid gas padding (Cargo IG Gas N2 )
III. Dry: === drying . . cargo . N2 .
Gas Tank Tank )
IV. Vent: === natural or forced ventilation
V. No: === no special requirement under this code

Column i (Electrical Equipment)

Column i i, i , i column (3)


The product of the flash point (or) product flash point 15
cargo electrical requirement criteria
i , i column requirement
T1 to T6 and - (indicate no requirement blank no
information)

T1 Autoignition temperature
T2 Autoignition temperature but
T3 Autoignition temperature but
T4 Autoignition temperature but
T5 Autoignition temperature but
T6 Autoignition temperature but

Apparatus Group IIA, IIB, IIC and - (indicate no requirement blank no


information)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


157

Apparatus Group MSEG at MIC ratio


(mm) product/methane
IIA
IIB
IIC

Flash Point Flash point exceeding (Column ),


Flash point not exceeding (Column ) and Non Flameable product
(Column ) .

Column j (Gauging)

Gauging . Open gauging (Column O ), Restricted gauging (Column R


) and Close gauging (Column C )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


158

Column k (Vapour detection)

Cargo detect vapour


Flammable vapour (Column F )
Toxic vapour (Column T )
Indicate no special requirements under this code (Column No )

Column l (Vapour detection)


Cargo fire protection system

Alcohol resistance foam or multi-purpose foam (Column A )


Regular foam (Column B )
Water Spray (Column C )
Dry chemical (Column D )
No special requirements under this code (Column No )

Column n (Emergency equipment)


cargo emergency equipment
column Yes Column No no special

column Yes 14.3.1 comply


14.3.1 Ships carrying for which
with suitable respiratory and eye protection sufficient for every person on board for
emergency escape purposes, subject to following:
1. Filter type respiratory protection unacceptable
2. Self contained breathing apparatus shall have at least a duration of service 15 min
3. Emergency escape respiratory protection shall not be use for fire fighting or cargo
handling purpose and shall be marked to that effect.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


159

Column o (Specific and operation requirements)

Column o Chapter 15 (Special requirements) and/or Chapter 16


Column
subpargraph reference

239. Tanker Ship C/O . Order To Load Received .


Normally .Perfect Cargo Plan Cargo .
Tanks Capacities
Cargo and Any Ballast
(Loading Check List Comply )
Before loading operation Precaution

Before and During Cargo

Propely close
High Level Alarm & Level Guage Test
PV valve test
Opening Hatch Cover secure close
H check
check
Cargo Operation check

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


160

During loading operation Precaution

Ship/Shore check list comple




Loading slow rate . rate increase back pressure

Monitoring
Loading Sequence check
Tanks Oxygen Content less than 5% check
Cargo Pump Room frequently check
Topping Off Crew

240. H
H
(1) Flammability
(2) Toxicity
(3) Pollution
241. Tanker H
Gas Detector Alarm
Bilge Alarm System

242. Terminal alongside loading or discharging Safety Precaution

Ship Shore Gangway Secondary Mean Of Escape


Fore and Aft Rigged
Manifold
Main Deck Area, Manifold . fire hose hydrant

Cargo Pump emergency stop pumping station, manifold


monitoring station tank monitoring station .
rea

Off Shore Life Boat Embarkation Deck

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


161

243. Fire On Deck Fixed Fire Extinguisher


maintenance

Normally check and inspection
Posted liquid level check

Foam Discharge Test (6) month Sample Analysis

244. Crude Oil Washing System . Additional System . fitted

Over 20,000 tons deadweight Crude Oil Washing System

Additional System . Inert Gas system

245. Back Ward Flowing

Back Ward Flowing (toward the accommodat .


Deck Water Seal

246. Crude Oil Washing (COW) System

MARPOL 73/78 Annex I Reg 13(6) over 20,000 tons deadweight Crude
Oil Washing System
COW system High Pressure Nozzle (9 10 kg/cm2) . Cargo . (oil
to remove oil) .Tank cleaning
COW system Port or Sea Between Discharging Port
Terminal Crude Oil Washing 24 hours
Terminal COW carried out
Before Operation of COW Safety Check List
Operation Inert Gas System (IGS) O2 test
(O2 8% )
Before Arrival Port check record
Operation Procedure
First Cycle, Stage One (Nozzle Tank . Upper Level wash ) see fig (1)
Second Cycle, Stage Two (One Third of Cargo Discharge Nozzle upper third of tank
wash ) see fig (2)
Third Cycle, Stage Three (Two Third of Cargo Discharge Nozzle mid levels of the
tank wash ) see fig (3)
Fourth Cycle, last stage (lower levels and the last washing cycle wash
. ) see fig (4)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


162

COW Operation IG Tank gauging Weather


Tank O2
COW . Advantage and Disadvantage

Advantage Disadvantage
1. Reduce Risk Of Pollution 1. Increase Work Load In Port
2. less tank corrosion is experienced than 2. Increase Discharging Time
from water washing
3. Increased carrying capacity is available for 3. Require More Training To Crew
the next cargo
4. full tank drainage is achieved 4. high installation cost and maintenance
costs are increased
5. time saved gas freeing for dry dock 5. increased at the port of discharge
periods.

247. Inert Gas system

SOLAS Chapter II 2 , Regulation 4.5.5 MARPOL Annex I All Tanker Over 20,000 tons
Deadweight Crude Oil Washing System Regulation of
Fire Safety System Inert Gas System
Inert gas is the gas or a mixtures of gases, such as Flue gas, containing insufficient oxygen to
support combustion of Hydro Carbons.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


163

Inert Gas System . Purpose Tank atmosphere Too little Oxygen Condition (O2 Content
less than 8%) maintain Tank atmosphere flammable Ignition
Prevent
Gas replacement process
1. Inerting (to replace the air with inert gas)
2. Purging (to replace inert gas with cargo vapour)
3. Gas Freeing (to replace inert gas with air)
IG System (1) Purging of Dilution method (2) Purging of
Displacement method Purging . Inert Gas
process

(1) Dilution method forced


method
Dil
Emmited
(2) Displacement Method forced mixing
hydrocarbon gas and fresh air

Requirement Of Inert Gas System


1. Car O2 Volume %
2. %
3.
4. . Co O2
5. . O2

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


164

Alarm for Inert Gas System


1. Low water pressure / (flow to scrubber)
2. High water level / ( in scrubber)
3. High IG temperature

( )

Other alarm (Require by SOLAS)


1. IG blowers failure
2. O2 content exceed 5%
3. Power supply (regulating valve control system)
4. Low water level
5. Low / High IG pressure
Additional Requirement Alarm for IG Generator
1. Insufficient fuel supply
2. Power failure (control system)
3. Generator Power supply

Advantage and Disadvantage of IG System

Advantage Disadvantage

1. To prevent fire & explosion 1. Due to inerting, this is dangerous for person
2. Reduce internel corrision 2. Poor visibility in Tank
3. Duration of gas free is less period 3. Conterminate the certain cargo
4. Reduce evaporation and reduce cargo loss 4. Additional cost for installing and maintainence
5. Fast discharge rate
6.If collision risk of explosion is very less if the tanks
are inerted

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


165

248.
1. Small Access
2. Low cargo density
3. Low permeability
4. Double hull
5. Construction longitudinal sub division
6. Pumping

249. What is Enclosed Space ?

enclosed space
(1) Limited Openg Space (2) Ibadequate Ventilation Space (3) Not designed for Continous Work

1st
2nd
)



H

Hydrocarbon gas => Explosimeter (or) Combustible gas indicator


Toxic gas => Chemical absorption detector
Oxygen => Oxygen Analysier
(All Equipments must be calibrated)
% (follow
the compa SMS of enclosed space entry)
Lower Explosive limit (LEL) not more than 1% Lower Explosive limit (LEL)
Gas and
V
Concentrations lower than LEL burn LEL Lower Flammable Limit (LFL)

. Toxi not more than 50% of OEL (Occupational Exposure Limit )


Occupational Exposure Limit . Exposure limits

H Test

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


166

Responsible Person Enclosed Space check


1.
2.
3.
)
4.
5. Emerge
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. Total Number of Person entering the space
11.
12.


cali

Additional
)
H )
appropriate protective

Oxygen Analyzier

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


167

M.T.

ENCLOSED SPACE ENTRY PERMIT


General
Location/Name of enclosed space:
Reason for entry:
This permit is valid from hrs. Date: (See Note 1)
to hrs. Date:

SECTION-1 - Pre-Entry Preparations


(to be checked by the Master or Responsible Officer)
1. Has the space been segregated by blanking off or isolating all connecting pipelines?

2. Have valves on all pipelines serving the space been secured to prevent their accidental opening?

3. Has the space been cleaned?

4. Has the space been thoroughly ventilated?

5. Pre-entry atmosphere tests: (See Note 2)


Readings Oxygen % vol (21%)
Hydrocarbon % LFL (Less than 1%)
Toxic Gases ppm (specify gas & PEL) (See Note 3)
Carbon Monoxide ppm (See Note 4)
6. Have arrangements been made for frequent atmosphere checks to be made while the space is occupied and after work breaks?

7. Have arrangements been made for the space to be continuously ventilated throughout the period of occupation & during work breaks?

8. Is adequate illumination provided?

9. Is rescue and resuscitation equipment available for immediate use by the entrance to the space?

10. Has a responsible person been designated to stand by the entrance to the space?

11. Has the Officer of the Watch (bridge, engine room, cargo control room) been advised of the planned entry?

12. Has a system of communication between the person at the entrance and those entering the space been agreed and tested?

13. Are emergency and evacuation procedures established and understood?

14. Keep records of names and time of entry and exit?

15. Is all equipment used of an approved type?

16. All personnel entering ballast tanks and cargo tanks should wear Safety Harness.
SECTION-2 Pre-Entry Checks
(To be checked by the person authorised as leader of the team entering the space)
1. Section-1 of this permit has been completed fully
2. I am aware that the space must be vacated immediately in the event of ventilation failure or if atmosphere tests change from agreed
safety criteria.

3. I have agreed the communication procedure.

4. I have agreed upon a reporting interval of minutes

5. Emergency and evacuation procedures have been agreed and are understood.
To be signed by:

Master or Responsible Officer Date Time

Authorised Team Leader Date Time

Responsible person supervising entry Date Time

THIS PERMIT IS RENDERED INVALID SHOULD VENTILATION OF THE SPACE STOP OR IF ANY OF THE CONDITIONS NOTED IN THE CHECK LIST CHANGE
Notes:
1. The Entry Permit should contain a clear indication as to its maximum period of validity which, in any event, should not exceed a normal working day.
2. In order to obtain a representative cross-section of the compartments atmosphere, samples should be taken from several depths and through as
many openings as possible. Ventilation should be stopped for about 10 minutes before the pre-entry atmosphere tests are taken and then resumed.
3. Tests for specific toxic contaminants, such as benzene and hydrogen sulphide, should be undertaken depending on the nature of the previous
contents of the space.
4. Test for Carbon Monoxide (CO) when entering tanks containing or which have contained Vegetable Oils and Sewage Tanks.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


168
RECORD OF PERSONS ENTERING THE SPACE.
NO NAME/RANK TIME IN TIME OUT SIGNATURE

250. Sulphur Loading


Sulphur yellow color brittle (
Sulphur loading .
Hazard

. Oxygen
Wet sulphur highly corro
Loading Master . Discuss
Reference )
Cargo Hold Preparation
Cargo hold properly Clean & Dry

Line wash Test & Check Bilge cover .
Cargo hold
Cargo hold fit
During voyage Bilge Check, Pump out Record
In case of Fire ) (IMSBC EMS )
After discharge Hold Cleaning Fresh Water . Dry up
Sulphuric acid H
PPE

251.

Part A &

j
To established International framework
To established the respective rules and resposibilities
To ensure early security related information
To provide a methodology for security
)
To ensure confidance

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


169


Level 1 (Normal) == Security measure minimum appropriate protective security maintain at all
time.
Level 2 (Hightened)== Security measure appropriate additional protective security maintain for
period of time.
Level 3 (Exceptional)== Security measure further specific protective security maintain for limit


1. Prevent Weapons
2. Prevent Restricted Area
3. Prevent Unathourized Access
4. Procedure for Interfacing Port
5. Procedure for Security Instruction
6. Procedure for Security Threats
7. Procedure for Evacuation
8. Procedure for Auditing
9. Procedure for Review
10. Procedure for Reporting Security Incidents
11. Procedure for Training Drill
12. Procedure for Duties
13. Indentification of SSO
14.
International Ship Security Certificate

ISSC
nd rd
Between 2 and 3

Responsibility of Ship Security Officer


1. .

2. Onboard security

3.
4.
5.

6.
7. report

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


170

252. What is the CSR ?


SOLAS Chapter XI -1

H -

- - vessel - -



1. Name of flag state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly
2. Date registered of the State
3. S
4. Name of the ship
5. Ship registered port
6. Name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address(es)
7. Registered owner identification number
8. Name of the registered bareboat charterer(s) and their registered address(es), if applicable;
9. Name of the Company
10. Company identification number;
11. Name of all classification society(ies)
12. Name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization
which has issued the Document of Compliance
13. Name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized organization
that has issued the Safety Management Certificate
14. Name of the Administration or of the Contracting Government or of the recognized security
organization that has issued the International Ship Security Certificate
15. Date on which the ship ceased to be registered with that State

No. 4 to 12

modified, deleted or, in any way, erased or defaced


Another State Flag Transfer CSR onboard

Flag change Previous Flag Administration Name of another Flag


State rnfh Administration CSR copy
.
New Administration previous CSR append ( ) new CSR Issue CSR
Inspector onboard

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


171

253. LSA Regulation for Passenger Ship and Cargo Ship After 1988.

LSA REGS FOR PASSENGER SHIPS OVER 500 TONS BUILT AFTER 1st JULY 1988
Ro-Ro Passenger Ships
Literaft marine evacuation systems
Each side fast rescue boat
Lifejacket assembly stations stowed
Member of the rescue boat crew Immersion suit
Helicopter pick up area designated

Instructions

operate
Training Manual Crew Mess (or) Recreation Room (or) Cabin
. Ship Plan Maintenance System (PMS)

Survival Craft
To %
100%) (or)
carry %
%

1.
2.
3.
Total Survival %

Miscellaneous

Marine Evacua

Lifejackets
Ship carry Total person 32kg or more Lifejacket
Less than 32kg weight lifejacket ( .) Less than 32kg weight
j Total Person . 10%
j
Rescue j
32kg or more Lifejacket Total person . 5%

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


172

Lifebuoys

Length of ship Minimum Number of Lifebuoys


Under 61m 8
61m 122m 12
122m 183m 18
183m 244m 24
244m above 30
At least one buoyant lifeline
Not less than 50% with self -igniting light
2 with self activating smoke and quick release from bridge (MOB lifebuoy)

Pyrotechnics

Every Vessel Line Throwing Apparatus Not less than 12 rocket parachute flare

Distress Equipment
On each side one radar transponder
Every lifeboat EPIRB, At least 3 waterproof hand-held and VHF radios

LSA REGS CARGO SHIPS OVER 500GT BUILT AFTER 1998


Instructions
operate
Training Manual Crew Mess (or) Recreation Room (or) Cabin
. Ship Plan Maintenance System (PMS)
Rescue Boats

Crew

Free Fall Survival Craft


Onboard Total Number of Person carry capacity
Each Side Liferaft Total Person (100% ) carry capacity

Survival Craft for Less Than 85m


Each Side Liferaft Total Person (100% ) carry capacity
Each Side Liferaft transferred from side to side each side total capacity
150%
launching appliances each crew member immersion suit

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


173

Survival Craft

Each side Lifeboat Total number of persons carry


each side transfer . all liferafts capacity 100% of the crew
carry
. Each side transfer . each side 100% of the crew carry
( 200%)
Total capacity %- %
Survival craft more than 100m from astern (or) stem Additional liferaft as far
Forward (or) Aft as possible

Su Trim uo to 10 and List 20 Launch



within 10 minutes Abandon

Lifejackets

Total person 32kg or more Lifejacket


Less than 32kg weight lifejacket ( .) Less than 32kg weight
j (2)
j (At least 25% of the crew)
j
Lifebuoys

Length of ship Minimum Number of Lifebuoys


Under 100m 8
100m 150m 10
150m 200m 12
200m above 14
At least one lifebuoy with buoyant lifeline
Not less than 50% with self -igniting light
2 with self activating smoke and quick release from bridge (MOB lifebuoy)

Pyrotechnics
Every Vessel Line Throwing Apparatus Not less than 12 rocket parachute flare

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


174

Distress Equipment

On each side one radar transponder


An EPIRB
At least 3 waterproof hand-held and VHF radios

.K

254. How To Launching and Recovering The Enclosed Lifeboat

Launching of Survival Craft


Survival craft should be capable of being launched when the ship is listed up to 20 either way.
2 crew members should be able to prepare the boat for launching in nomore than 5 minutes.

Launching the Lifeboat


All personnel mustered.
Rig the painter to a strong point forward of the davit.

Release the senhouse slip holding the gripes.

Confirm that the remote control wire s drawn into the


lifeboat.

Prepare transceivers, and confirm the communication


condition.

Connect the push-button switch for recovering to the


receptacle.

Turn on the power switch of start panel.

Open the lifeboat boarding door and board the lifeboat.

Helmsman enters the lifeboat first, fits plug and


prepares engine.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


175

Turn on the power supply switch

All personnel enter lifeboat wearing lifejackets. Weight


is evenly distributed around lifeboat.

Fasten seatbelt.

Confirm that all crew boarded in the lifeboat are seated


and their seatbelts are fastened.

Start the engine and leave it running in neutral.

Pull down the winch remote control wire.

Confirm that the lifeboat is waterborne.

To release falls. Ensure hydrostatic indicator is pointing


'OK' position.

Pull out the release handle safety pin.

pull the release handle back fully. The falls will now
release.

Check the falls are clear and have been released.

Release the toggle painter and move clear of the vessel


using the engine.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


176

Recovering the Lifeboat

Ensure brake lever on the boat deck is fully closed.


Before coming alongside the falls reset the lifting
hook mechanism
Manoeuvre the lifeboat to come under boat falls.
Adjust the heights of the suspension links by raising
or lowering the boat falls.

Connect the suspension links of the davit


simultaneously to both, fore and aft hooks.
Ensure the fall wire is not twisted.

Reset the hydrostatic release mechanism. Pull out


the positionlocking pin. Move the handle forward to
the LOCKED position.

Release the position-locking pin and insert safety


pin.

Visually check forward and aft falls cam release and


lever arm in correct position.

Commence hoisting the lifeboat.


Hoist the lifeboat just clear of the water and stop
hoisting. Confirm that the fore and aft hooks are
properly connected.

Confirm that the hydrostatic interlock lever has



being waterborne.
Hoist the lifeboat by operating the winch using the
push-button switch following the instruction by the
officer in charge.

Disembark from the lifeboat.


Hoist the davit arm manually.

Confirm that the davit arm is in contact with the


stop on platform.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


177

Detach the manual hoisting handle.

Set the davit arm stop immediately.

Insert the safety pin to the davit arm stop handle.


Note: Safety pins are generally intended only for
use during maintenance or in port.

Lower the suspension block on the davit horn by


releasing the handbrake

Install and tighten the auto release gripe, if fitted.


(Tighten the auto release griperope with the
turnbuckle.)

Connect the painter to the painter release hook on


the bow of lifeboat.

255. What is the Lifeboat Off Load and On Load?

Off-load release

Lifeboat
Release handle unit Safety pin Release handle Pull Fore and
Aft H

On-load release

On load release system Lifebot Not fully waterborne (not more than 1m from
waterline / as much as close to waterline) H

Hydrostatic interlock unit Interlock function - Lifeboat


Operation Interlock cover Interlock lever
Release handle unit Safety pin Release handle Pull

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


178

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


179

256. What is the FBDs?

The Maritime Safety Committee MSC1/Circ 1327 Onload Release Hook System Lifeboat
Improve Hook Design Fall Preventer Devices (FPDs)

Design and operation of FPDs


Locking pins

Locking Pins FPDs


1. Approved by the Administration On-load release hooks Locking Pin
Insert Hook strength r
2. Locking Pins insert point clear operational i Locking Pin
colour coated
3. Locking Pin wrong place inserted
4. Lifeboat
5. Lifeboat release handle before release mechanism activated Locking
Pin remove warning notice placed
6. . risk operating crew pin

7. Lifeboat hatch craft


Before the boat is hoisted clear of the water lifeboat on-load release hook
connected to recover . Locking Pins re-inserted
8. Fall preventer locking pins Lifeboat

.
Straps or Sling
Straps or Sling

Straps or Sling FPDs


1. FPDs wire (or) chain Synthetic Straps or Sling
2. Administration satisfied t demonstrate
3. Appropriate Certificate
4. Tensile strength factor of safety (6)
5. Straps or Sling
6. Date of entry into service permanent marked
7. inspection Every six months ship crew thoroughly inspection

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


180

257. (or) LSA Modification


Resolution MSC 317 (89) Amended by resolution MSC 320(89) guidelines for the evaluation
of Existing On-load Release and Retrieval Systems (OLRRS) IMO adopted
amendments
1 January 2013 Enter into force 1.July.2014 Effect

New Requirement Under -


(new and existing cargo and passenger ship)
LSA Code comply on-load release and retrieval mechanisms (OLRRS)

uring life oat drills and or inspections unexpected accidents

Comply
New Ship constructed on (or) after 1. July. 2014 on-load release and retrieval systems
comply
Existing first drydocking after 1. July. 2014 comply
1.July.2019

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


181

258. Free Fall Lifeboat ?

- . Launching and Recovering standard procedure

Follow
Before launching
1. Before the Drill identify Risk Assessment
2. . Proper operation
Fully brief
3. Lifeboat launching/recovery
confirm
4. Harbour authorities, PFSO authorities permission
5.
Battery charger wire disconnect
Securing d release
H embarkation door
Electrical system battery power . change
Muster List check
check
Freefall launch deep water check
Manufactur launching arrangements operating instructions follow

Lifeboat . Crew
1. Water tight embarkation door secure
2. L/B all crew member designated seat
properly secure check
3. All crew member final head count
coxswain (or) helmsman confirm
4. Manufacture instruction follow engine test run
stop after launch
5. check
6. Coxswain (or) helmsman . Hydrostatic release operate Coxswain (or)
helmsman . release verbal warn
7. coxswain (or) helmsman Hydrostatic release handle operate L/B
launch
8. L/B launch main release device emergency lifeboat release lever
assigned crew member operate
9. Recovering procedure . Manufacturer Instruction Follow up
10. Freefall release mechanism fully and correctly
engaged

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


182

11. Back up release system L/B


12. Normal stowed position Lifeboat Incase of emergency Reay
for launching position

259. R

Launching and Recovery of Rescue Boat

Rescue boat boarded and launched


Vessel up to 5 Rescue boat launched
Rescue boat crew and equipment
lifeboat equipment and the rescue boat crew of
6 persons

Launching the Rescue Boat Recovering the Rescue Boat


1. Remove covers, lashings, and electric 1. Ensure quick-release hook mechanism
charging socket. is reset in the rescue boat. Safety pin in
place.
2. Rig the painter forward of the rescue boat 2. Once alongside the ship, retrieve
the painter and connect it to the painter
release hook.
3. Rescue boat crew board the boat wearing 3. Attach the lifting hook to the falls.
appropriate clothing.
4. Start the engine. When crew give OK, 4. All crew and passengers positioned
lower the boat. correctly: begin hoisting the boat.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


183

5. When approaching the water, the 5. Fully recover the boat and stop the
coxswain sets the boat controls for the engine.
conditions: (if the ship is moving ahead,
the engine will be set appropriately).
6. With the boat in the water, the crew. 6. Disembark all passengers and crew
designated crew member removes the
safety pin from the hook and stands clear.
7.The coxswain then pulls the hook release 7. Secure the rescue boat for immediate
handle until the hook is clear of the falls. relaunch.
8. Release the painter and use engines to
move away from the vessel.
9. Reset the quick-release mechanism and
reset the safety pin.

260. (SE pg 25)


A rescue boat should be capable of recovery of pers persons from the water. It must also be
capable of marshalling survival craft together.

261. Chief Officer . lifeboat maintenance


H grease

lifeboat hull cond che
-

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


184

262. Liferaft Container (SE pg 24)

(a)
(b) The instructions for launching in diagram and text format.
(c) The capacity (manning) that the raft is designed for.
(d) Whether it is equipped with a survival pack and type of pack (A or B).
(e) The length of painter fitted to the survival craft.
(f) The date of last service.
(g) The next date of service due.

(i) Name and port of registry of the ship

263. HAMMAR Disposal Hydrostatic Release Unit (SE pg 24)


Two (2) years.

264. Hydrostatic Release Unit Auto Activate (SE pg 24)


Between 2 and 6m.

265. Hydrostatic Release Unit fitted (SE pg 25)


Over 100m in length with accommodation forward or aft additional liferaft
6-man liferaft additional liferaft HRU

266. What is the H )


2.1 kN 45 kg (or) break under a strain of 2.2 0.4 kN.
(1kN =101.97kg) (1kg = 0.0098 kN)

267. Liferaft launching


The life raft on board ship are released or launched in to the water by three different methods:
1) Auto release with Hydrostatic Release Unit (HRU).
2) Manually launching.
3) Launching by Davits.

1) Auto release with Hydrostatic Release Unit (HRU).


HRU Liferaft container . Ship deck (or) Cradle
Connecting media
HRU release unit Below thw water level between 1.5m 4.0m
Release unit Liferaft inflation unit A
Automatically release HRU a sharp knife (or) chisel Over the liferaft
container lashing Strap lashed Ship deck (or)
Cradle . Strong point . Weak link Painter line

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


185

Life raft container

tension weak link life raft free from the ship

2)Manually launching.

container lashing remove



20 30
Embarkation ladder one by one board (Avoid sharp objects like
knives, shoes and other sharp objects etc)
H painter line

3) Launching by Davits.

Liferaft Exposed Shackle Fall Hook Secure


Pull Out and Tie Off to Side Rails
Bowsing Line Pull out and secure to the deck cleats to the deck cleats
short painter line Pull out and tie off at the embarkation deck tie off at the embarkation deck

the liferaft canister Above the Deck Hoist


Davit Turn out

-
j
(Avoid sharp objects like knives, shoes and other sharp objects etc)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


186

After board bowsing-in lines and the painter

ca

j davit hook

cast away the raft from ship

Manually launching
Launching by Davits.

268. Liferaft painter line


Efficient painter length Not less than 10m + Distance from the stowed position (or) 15m

269. Hydrostatic release unit


Type of HRU
1. Disposible Hydrostatic release unit
On the side of the HRU
H
2. Non Disposible Hydrostatic release unit (IMO approved stainless steel HRU)
This hydrostatic release unit must be serviced every 12 months

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


187

270. International Shore Connection

. universal hose connection


SOLAS requirement

The Dimensions of International Shore Coupling are:

Description Dimension
Outside Diameter (OD) 178mm
Inside Diameter (ID) 64mm
Bolt Circle Diameter 132mm
(PCD)
Slots in Flange 4 holes 19mm in diameter spaced equidistanly
on a bolt circle of above diametr,slotted to
flange periphery.
Flange Thickness 14.5mm minimum
Bolts & Nuts 4, each of 16mm diameter, 50mm in length

Basic Requirements for International Shore Connection


Steel or other suitable material pressure 1.0 N/mm2
ships
hose connection coupling permanently connected or
attached
gasket (which can handle a pressure of 1.0
N/mm2), four bolts and nuts (16mm diameter, 50mm in length), washers and spanner

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


188

271. Fire Control Plan


Fire control plan SOLAS Convention Regulation 15 on board mandatory

Fire control plan Deck by deck various location permanently exhibited



Each deck control station
A class, B class Fire section
Fire detector & Alarm system
Life saving appliances & Fire fighting equipments
Location of portable and fixed fire-fighting appliance
Mean of access
Ventilation system and Fan control position

Classification society provide booklet form
-
(eg. Bridge, cargo control room and engine control room)
Shore side fire fighting system assistance update
cargo plan & crew list Port & St
weathertight enclosures
Weathertight enclosures any time

Fire control plan as soon as possible up to date

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


189

272. . Master CO2 Total Flood . Decision Chief Officer


. CO2 Injection System (SE pg 74)

High risk area of engine room Immediate operation CO2 Total Flood
System
Chief Officer . CO2 Inject
Machinery Space Any person (or) Casualty check .
Evacuate Head Count
CO2 Inject Remote Cabinet . Alarm System Automatically

Cabinet Remote Handle Pull . Pilot Bottle cylinder


piston downwards CO2
CO2

273. CO2 total flood inject Amount Inject


(SE pg 75)
Amount of gas to inject CO2 Plan
Copies of CO2 Plan CO2 Bottle Room, Chief Officer Office
Arrangemen .

274. What are the advantages and disadvantages of CO2 total flood system(SE pg 75)

Advantages : Good knock down capability, a readily available supply of CO2 around the world,
comparatively cheap, cleaner than foam.
Disadvantages : Once fired at sea, no replenishment until arrival in port,non-breathable
atmosphere, if used the ship is without motive power for an indenfinite period.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


190

275. C/O Action (SE pg 75)

1. Chief Officer . Situation On Scene Co-ordinator (OSC) .Overall Management

2. Fire Alarm Master Inform


3. Head Count Fire Party Engine Room Fire Immediately Investigate
(Small Fire 0r Big Fire)
4. Reduce Vessel Speed NUC lights Display Vessel In Vicinity
Communication Urgency Signal Send
5. Close All Ventilation, Emergency Pump Running
6. Check & Test Fire Fighter Communication System
Confirm
7. Back Up Party Boundary Cooling Fire Party Fight The Fire by Coventional Means

8. C/O . Monitoring and Proper Communication With Bridge


9. . Fire Out Master Total Flood System

276. Along Side Cargo Hold C/O Action (SE pg 80)

Master Fire Party Standby Port


Go Shore

Chief Officer . Situation Immediate Control . Man Power


Manage .

1. Cargo Operation Immediately Stop


2. Local Fire Brigade H VHF . Contact
Immediate Assistance Request
3. Foreman Onboard Clear
4. Cargo Hold Hatch Batten Down
5. Engine Room
Prepare H Bountary Cooling
6. Local Fire Fighting . Gang Way Messenger
7. Update Cargo Plan
8. International Ship Shore Connection
9. CO2 Flooding Chief Engineer
10. Head Count Injuries Check
11. Fire Wire Fore & Aft
12. Gang Way Engine Room Stand By
13. Log Book Entry

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


191

277. (SE pg 69)


In accord with Notice No. 18, of the Annual Summary of Notices to Mariners the ship must carry the
following publications:
a. The Mariners Handbook.
b. The International Code of Signals.
c. The Weekly Notices to Mariners.
d. The Marine Guidance Notices (MGNs), The Merchant Shipping Notices (MSNs) and The Marine
Information Notices (MINs).
e. List of Radio Signals.
f. List of Lights.
g. Sailing Directions.
h. Nautical Almanac.
i. Nautical Tables.
j. Tide Tables.
k. Tidal Stream Atlas.
l. Operating and maintenance manuals for navigational aids.
m. A full set of working navigational charts.
n. International Aeronautical and Marine Search and Rescue (IAMSAR) Manual
o. Ocean Passages of the World

278. What are the Bridge Check List and Emergency Check List
Bridge Procedure Guide Part B
1. Familiarization with bridge equipment
2. Preparation for sea
3. Preparation for arrival in port
4. Pilotage
5. Passage plan appraisal
6. Navigation in coastal waters
7. Navigation in ocean waters
8. Navigation in ice
9. Changing over the watch
10. Calling the master
Bridge Procedure Guide Part C Emergency

1. Main engine or steering failure


2. Collision
3. Stranding or Grounding
4. Man Overboard
5. Fire
6. Flooding
7. Search and Rescue
8. Abandon Ship

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


192

279. Chief Officer

Master Damage Assessmnet Report


Water tight integrity of the hull check
Engine Room Wet (or) Dry Condition Check
Casualty Check
( Check
Master Report Sounding
Size of damage area, Location of damage area Damage area Water line Above
Below .
Damage control party onboard damage area
(restore)
Stability Assessment . permeability of cargo, loss of
buoyancy, change of trim and e
Damage area Control Damage area
bilge/ballast pump (or) other method pump out
.
own vessel vessel nature affect
(
state of weather severity of the contact between the two ships
.

280. C/O (SE pg 73)

Master Damage Assessmnet Report


Water tight integrity of the hull check
Engine Room Wet (or) Dry Condition Check
Casualty Check
( Check
Master Report Sounding Overside
Sounding (Especially Bow & Stern Areas)
C/O Master
Vessel Aground Sign Anchor Walk Back
Ballast Adjustment
Inappropriate Time Refloating

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


193

281. Distress Area Recover . C/O .


(SE pg 73)

Rescue Boat Team Rescue Boat Immediate To Lunch


Accommodation Ladder
H Prepare
H Ready
Guest Warp (Line from Forward on a Ship, led to the end of a Boat Boom
Master / Bridge Team Of Operation Advice
H Prepare

282. DAMAGE ASSESSMENT

1. . Visual Inspection ( H Amount of


water ingress . )
2. . Size of damage area, Location of damage area Damage area Water line
Above Below Extent of damage ( . )
3. Stability Assessment . permeability of cargo, loss of buoyancy, change of trim

4. (3) Damage area constract collision patch (or) 0ther method


control Damage area Control Damage area
bilge/ballast pump (or) other method pump out
5. .
6. . Port of refuge safe port

283. Damage Control Plan

Damage Control Plan


1. Each Deck and Holds All opening and Closing Arrangement
2. All Doors Location and Indicator
3. Water Tight Compartment and Weather Tight Compartment (All Bulkhead and All Deck)
4. Arrangement Material Mean To lIst Due To Flooding
5. Cross Flooding Diagram, Lines, Valves
6. Bilges and Ballast Pumps Location
Damage Control Booklet Bridge and Engine Control Room

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


194

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


195

284. Floating Object . Water Line Damage Watertight Integrity Loss


Master Damage Area Collision Patch . Action
(SE pg 81)
(Assuming that the vessel is not equipped with designated damage control materials)
Suggested method

1. Engine Room Size Stell Bottom Plate Secure Ship


Side Plate . Rope Pudding (
Staple
2. Plate
3. suspension shackles

4. Outer surface and Inner edge canvas cover


5. Suspension wire Damage Area cov Lower the
Patch
6. Patch . Hold
Opposite side of the Hold Spanish Windlass breach

285. Oil Tank Frac C/O . Effect of Pollution


Reduce (SE pg 87 )

(Assuming Double Bottom Oil Tank)

On Deck going over side Upper Deck Scupper propely seal

Master . Designated Perso Ashore C/O . Damage


Area Control . . Oil Pollution Reduce
Oil Pollution Control (or)
Reduce
. Fractured Tank Oil Tank . Internal
Transfer Stowage Oil Berge (or) Shore Side . External Transfer
Dispersal ( )
Local Athourity Ship Side Chemical Dispersal
Deck Log Book, Official Log Book Oil Recored Book Relavent Entries

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


196

286. GA ( General Arrangement) Plan


. Construction GA plan

Every Deck Plan (Dimension With Scale)
Accommodation, Compartment, Cabin, Fire Door and Ladders
Fore and Aft Mooring Arrangement
Derrick, Winch, Mast House
Building / Shipyard No.
Class Seal Approved

287. Capacity Plan


Capacity Plan
Principal Particular With Scale
Cargo Hold Capacity ( Grain Capacity, Bale Capacity, Container Capacity)
Tank Capacity (Each Tanks Frame No., VCG, LCG, Capacity, Weight)
Permissible Dead Load
Dead Weight Scale
Ship Yard No.

288. Shell Expansion Plan


. Thickness Shell Expansion Plan
Hull (or) Ship Side Damage Area Frame Plate
Shell Expansion Plan
. Plan View / Section View
Strake Keel to Upward Alphabet A, B, C, D so on (I Strake is
Omitted Next of the Keel Plate (K) Strake A (Garboard strake
th rd
(eg. 'C 12 port' will be the 12 plate from aft in the 3 strake from the keel on the port side.)
Aft to Forward Thickness Aft
Perpendicular negative (-)
By Number Aft Perpendicular
-
Stealer Plate Below the Strake (See Fig 2)

Figure 1

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


197

289. Rigging Plan


Answer A:
Rigging Plan
1. Position and size of deck eye plates
2. Position of inboard and outboard booms
3. Maximum head room (i.e. permissible height of cargo hook above hatch coaming)
4. Maximum angle between runners
5. Position, size and SWL of blocks
6. Length size and SWL of runners, topping lifts, guys and preventers
7. SWL of shackles
8. Position of derricks producing maximum forces
9. Optimum position for guys and preventers to resist such maximum forces
10. Combined diagram showing forces for a load of 1 tonne or the SWL
11. Guidance on the maintenance of the derrick rig.

Answer B:
Rigging Plan .

(a) the position of guys;


(b) the resultant force on blocks, guys, wire ropes and booms;
(c) the position of blocks;
(d) the identification mark of individual items;
(e) arrangements and working range of union purchase.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


198

290. Docking Plan


Answer A:
Docking Plan
1. Detail Under Water Portion ( Sea Chest / Valve, Plug Position, Anode, Propeller, Rudder

2. Position of All Keel Blocks
3. Any Appendages Producing From Hull
4. Tank Plan With Manhole
5. Addition


Measurement For The Overall Length, Breath, Depth and Air Draft
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
199

Answer B:
Docking Plan
1. Bottom Plugs of Tanks
2. Echo Sounder late Ships Speed Log
3. Bilge Keel
4. Rudder and Propeller
5. Structural Detail (under water hull)
6. Anchor and Cable
7. LSA & FFE
8. Piping Arramgement
9. Painting Schedule
10. Recommanded Trim
11. Cargo Gear
12. Previous Keel Block Setting
13. Main Engine
14. Addition


Measurement For The Overall Length, Breath, Depth and Air Draft

291. Docking

1. Graving Dock ( Dry Dock )


2. Floating Dock ( Double Bottom Tank . .
)
3. )

292. Docking
Dry Dock SOLAS Chapter I Regulation 10 and Class Requirement .
15 5 years period 2 1 .1
3 year
15 2 year interval . Under Water High
Resistance Paint Extension 2.5 year
In Water Survey => 15 5 years period 2
1 In Water Survey . Beam 30 m Under
Water High Resistance Paint

293. In Water Survey .


15 Every 5 years Period Dock
Inwater Survey . Vessel Beam
Under Water Portion High Resistance Paint
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
200

294. Docking
1. H Meeting .
2.
3. (Attach Photo & Plan)
4. Prepare Plan (GA, Shell Expansion, Docking, Fire Control, Rigging, Tank, Manhole etc..)
5. Store
6. Ship Copy Dockyard
7.
295. Docking Repair List C/O
(3) .
1. Standard Items
2. Repair Items
3. Modification Items
. (10)
1. Hull cleaning, surface preparation, painting
2. Inspection and overhaul of anchors and cables, including ranging and marking
3. Inspection cleaning and painting of cable lockers
4. Plugs to be taken from all bottom and peak tanks (the plugs to be labelled and retained by the
chiefofficer and replaced before the dock is flooded)
5. All sea valves and sea chests to be inspected overhauled and painted
6. Inspection and overhaul and load test of all lifting appliances
7. All tanks holds compartments and their closing appliance to be inspected and overhauled
8. Inspection overhaul and load test of all lifting appliances
9. All anodes to be inspected the location and weight or size to be ascertained
10.
Repair Items . Survey Requirement .Repair Cargo
Operation & Safety of Ship Repair check record
Repair plan
For Example
Renewal of piping
Cargo handling equipment
Bulkhead leakages
Structural damages
Damages to the guard railings
Overhaul of fire fighting and life saving appliance
Modification Items Install
For Example
fire fighting or detection systems
new piping and structural arrangements
conversions or re structuring in order to comply with any new regulations (Eg fixing DB tanks in
tankers)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


201

296. Before Entering of floating Dock . During Entering of Floating Dock C/O
Before Entering of Dry Dock
1. Free Surface Effect Empty ( .) Top Up
2. Dock Master
3. Secure
4. Routing Duties Assign (Including Fire Petrol)
5. Following Plans Should Be Ready
Docking Plan
Tanks Condition Plan
General Arrangement Plan
Shell Expansion Plan
Fire Control Plan
Plan Concerning Docking Repair
6. Taking On Block Al Sounding
During Entering of Dry Dock
Log Book
1. Dock Master Onboard Time
2. Bow Entering Dock
3. Stern Entering Dock
4.
5. Gate Close Time
6. Start Pumping Out Time
7. Aft Touches Keel Block
8. Forward Touches Keel Block
9. Breast Showing
10. Totally Dry Dock Time

297. Docking .

Recom
j
)


H
(Including Fire Petrol)

298. Dock Yard Recommended Trim


Dock Yard Block Trim

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


202

299. Docking By The Stern


,
.

300. Paint
(3)
1. Below the water-line
2. The water-line or boot topping region where immersion is intermittent
3. The topsides and superstructure
1. Below the Water-line
Primer Coat corrosion inhibiting paint (pitch or bitumen types, chlorinated rubber, coal tar/
epoxy resin, or vinyl resin paints)
Top Coat Antifouling Paint

2.Water-line or Boot Topping Region


Primer Coat Corrosion Inhibiting Paint
Finishing Coat gloss coat that resistant to abrasion
3.Superstructures

Primer Coat Red lead or zinc chromate


Top Coat Normally white finishing paints

4.Cargo and ballast tanks

Top Coat Epoxy resin, vinyl resins and zinc rich coatings
serve corrosion Prevent

A = Bottom Area ( Keel to Light Load Line)


B = Boot Top Area (between Light Load Line & Full Load Line)
C = Topsides Area (between Full Load line & Main Deck Line)
D = Superstructure (Accommodations, Funnel, Fcle Deck, Boat Deck, Bridge Deck etc)
E = Deck Areas (Main Deck, Fcle Deck, Poop Deck, Boat Deck, Bridge Deck etc)
F = Tanks (Cargo Tanks, Ballast Tanks, Tanks, etc)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


203

301. Before Leaving Dry Dock


Before Leaving Dry Dock Under Water Portion
.
1.
2. (Difficult To Reach Area )
3. H Completed and D
4. Plan Fitted
5. Sea Chest Valve, Over Board Valve,
6. Echo Sounder Plate, Speed Log Transducers
7. Drain Plug In Position
8.
9.
10. Anchor, Cable (includin
11. (Tanks C/O Surveyor )
12. Manhole
13. All In Position
14. Repair or maintenance Plan

15. Dry Dock


16.
17.
18. Gyro, GPS etc Re
19. Maintain log of events

Sighting The Bottom



If there is hull damage, Measure the plate thickness
If there is no damage, Normal maintenance carry out
De rust the hull and make Surface preparation for Painting

302. Critical Period . Critical Instant


Critical Instant Ship Forward and Aft Block Settling Maximum
Lost of GM
Critical Period stern post landing on the blocks ship taking the blocks overall
Time Interval Between

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


204

303. Dry Docking GM


HYDROSTATIC TABLES
TMD = Draft Aft ( LCF x Trim )

True Mean Draft HYDROSTATIC TABLES MCTC, LCF and


DISPLACEMENT . Interpollution
-

Method A Method B MM1 GG1

Method A Method B

MM1 GG1 GMliquid New GM New GM


)

The virtual loss of GM after taking the blocks overall

Method A Method B MM1 GG1


Virtual New GM

Method A

Righting Moment = W x New GM x Sin

Method B

Righting Moment = (W P) x New GM x Sin

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


205

304. Cargo .Dry Docking C/O .


Dry Docking


1. B H
2.
3.
4. H

5.
6.
7. '

305. What Surveys Can Be Done At Dry Dock?


Surveys In Dry Dock
Docking Survey
Interval Not Exceeding 2 Years. Surveyor Normally Examines Following Aspects:
Condition of Underwater Hull
Intergrity of Hull Opening
Conditions of Rudders and Stabilizers
Anchor and Chains
Load Test
Additional Surveys
When Vessel is Grounded, Collided, Damaged Due to Fire ao Any Accident.
Major Repairs (or) Modification Done
Issue of Endorsements (or) Exemption Certificates
Other Statutory Surveys If Required:
Annual Survey
Periodical Survey
Intermediate Survey
Renewal Survey

306. What are the inspection carried out in the fore peak?
1. condition of ladders
2. stringer plates , shell plating , girders , panting and other beams for any cracks or corrosions
3. Zn anodes to be replaced
4. condition of coatings
5. condition of valves and pipes and suction heads
6. condition of sounding pipes and striker plates
7. condition of collision bulk head

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


206

307. Dock Certificate


Gas Free Certificate

308. Document Dock Yard


Dock Foreman
Certificate Chief Officer Sign
Sign Chief Officer . Bottom Inspection (Plugs, Sea / Chest Valves,Transducer
condition
Dock Yard On Board Clear
Sign

309. Dock Regulation Apply Regualtion

Dock Regulation 1934 Factory Act 1961 Dock Regulation 1934


repealed ( Dock Regulation 1988 Introduce
Dock Operation Dock regulation Apply
oc peration
(1) Loading / Unloading
(2) Embarkation/ Disembarkation
(3) Mooring / Unmooring
(4) Provisionig / Fuelling ( / / Refuel and Provision)
Master . egulation
Provide (Reg 6)
Vessel . Propely Maintained and Provide
(Reg 7)
H
(except no safe mean of practicable) (Reg 7)
Adequate Strength 1m

2 m Height (Reg 7)
Safe and Proper Manner
Propely Mark
Register of Lifting Appliance (or) Chain Register Inspector
Onboard
310. Chain Register What is Chain Register?
Dock Regulation (Factory Act) ( .) ILO 152
Chain Register
H
Chain Register Competent Authority (5)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


207

311. Chain Register


Form (4) Form (1) Part 1 . Part 2 (2)
Part I => Through Examination Of Lifting Appliances & Loose Gear
Part II => Regular Inspection Of Loose Gear ( )

312. Chain Register Certificate


(4)
Form No. 2=> Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Lifting Appliance
Form No.2 (U) => Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Union Purchase
Form No.3 => Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Loose Gear
Form No.4 => Certificate Of Test & Through Examination Of Wire Rope

313. Examination & Inspection


(4)

No. Type Who? When? Items How?


1 Entry Part 1 Competent B4 Taken Into Use Every Lifting Test & Through
Initial Examination Person Appliances Examine
)
2 Entry Part 1 Competent At Least Once In Every 12 Months All Lifting Appliances Thoroughly
Periodic Examination Person & Every Items Of Examine
Loose Gear
3 Entry Part 1 Competent After Alter/Renewal/ Repair( At All Lifting Appliances Re Test & Through
Retesting Through Person Least Once In Every 5 years) & Every Item Of Examine
Examination Loose Gear
4 Inspection Responsible Regular B4 Use Visual Inspect
Person

314. What Are The Loose Gear?


Loose Gear => Chains, Rings, Shackles, Hook, Swivels (5)

Definitions
(a) The term means a minister, government department or other authority
empowered to issue regulations, orders or other instructions having the force of law.
(b) The term means a person possessing the knowledge and experience required for
the performance of thorough examinations and tests of lifting appliances and loose gear and who is acceptable to
the competent authority.
(c) The term means a person appointed by the master of the ship or the owner of the
gear to be responsible for the performance of inspections and has sufficient knowledge and experience to
undertake such inspections.
(d) The term means a detailed visual examination by a competent person,
supplemented if necessary by other suitable means or measures in order to arrive at a reliable conclusion as to
the safety of the lifting appliance or item of loose gear examined.
(e) The term means a visual inspection carried out by a responsible person to decided whether,
so far as can be ascertained in such manner, the loose gear or sling is safe for continued use.
(f) The term covers all stationary or mobile cargo-handling appliances used on board ship for
suspending, raising or lowering loads or moving them from one position to another while suspended or
supported.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


208

315. Keel Plate


Keel (4)
(1) Bar (2) Flat Plate (3) Bilge (4) Dust
Plate (12)
(1) Keel Plate (2) Margin Plate (3) Stealer Plate (4) Striker Plate (5) Fish Plate (6) Fashion Plate
(7) Bulb Plate (8) Chafing Plate (9) Coffin Plate (10) Shoe Plate (11) Boss Plate (12) Oxter Plate

316. Gang Way


1. Manufacturer
2. Model No.
3. Angle of Inclination to Level
4. SWL
5. Max No. of Person

317. . Positioning
Manufacturer maximum and minimum permitted design angles of
Gangway . Angle of inclination from horizontal 30 Accommodation ladders
. Angle of inclination from horizontal 55
secured . designed Gangway
guardrail secured Bulwark or railings Open section Position
adequate fenced
Safety net

318. Wire
8 Times of Rope Di %

319. Proof Load Test


Safe Working Load (SWL)
UP To 20 tonnes === SWL + 25% of SWL
20 to 50 tonnes === SWL + 5 tonnes
50 tonnes === SWL + 10%

320. Load Test


1. Moveable Weight Hoisting
2. Spring Balance Test
3. Hydrolic Test
4. Barge H

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


209

321. Lifting Gear Test (Derrick Test)

Derrick & At Least 4 Years Thoroughly Inspect


Derrick Test Risk Assessment Derrick Boom & All Attachment (blocks, shackles,
Thoroughly Examine
Renew
All Winch Good Condition .
Engine Room Derrick Test Inform .
Request
Vessel . Stability, Free Surface Effect, List & Trim . Check Surface Effect

Any Other Cargo Operation Stop Deck

Derrick Boom 45 Hatch Coaming Swinging


Lowering Test
Surveyor Test Certificate Chain Register Book Record

322. Through Examine


12mm Diameter Chains, Rings, Shackles, Hook, Swivel At Least 6 Months
Through Examine
12mm Diameter At Least 12 Months Through Examine

323. Standing
Standing Rigging. Standing rigging includes permanent and semipermanent structures and gear
(See Fig 1)
Running Rigging. Running rigging (Figure 2) includes the moving parts of the ship's gear.

Figure 1 Standing Rigging

Figure 2 Running Rigging

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


210

324. Steel Wire Rope


(1)

Size D External Calliper (or)


Vernier Calliper

Construction (See Fig)

( In Fig is shown a 6/7 (the 7 representing 6 over 1), ie., 6 strands of 7 wires each)

Type of Core
. H centre of the

H
1.
2.

A. Fibre (natural or synthetic)
B. Wire Strand

A. Fibre (natural or synthetic) Core


j
H

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


211

B.Wire Strand Core


igh tensile strength corrosion greater resisrance ire strand core
Standing opes u s or igging

Lay
This refers to the way the wires in the strands, and the strands in the rope are formed into the
completed rope.
(unless special
circumstances require Left Hand)

Ordinary or Regular Lay

Right Hand Ordinary Lay (R.H.O.L.) wires laid left handed, strands laid right handed.

Left Hand Ordinary Lay (L.H.O.L.) wires laid right handed, strands laid left handed.

Langs Lay
Strands same direction . (ie., both wires and strands
Right Handed or both Left Handed.)
More flexible rope (eg., Crane Topping Lifts)

Non Rotating Wire Rope . Lang lay


Very flexible and well

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


212

Describing Steel Wire Rope


A full description includes the following details.
A. Rope diameter (mm)
B. Number of strands x the number of wires per strand
C. Direction of lay - R.H. or L.H.
D. Type of lay - O.L / L.L / N.R
E. Pre-formed or non pre-formed
F. Type of core
G. Galvanised
Example:
Diameter Rope Construction Strand Construction Direction & Type Pre-formed or non pre-formed

20 mm 6x24 (15/9/F) R.H.O.L Pre-formed, Galvanisd


F.S.W.R with Fibre core

Pre-Formed
During the manufacture of pre-formed wire rope, the wires and strands are given the exact spiral form
they take up in the finished rope. They lie naturally in position, free form internal stress, and will not
spring out of place like ordinary rope, where the wires are held forcibly in position.

325. Steel Wire Rope Inspection


at regular interval visual and physical e
(If a broken wire is discovered,
should be inspected more often.)
Th
Externally .
1. Inspect termination of rope at the drum and other points.
2. Inspect for broken wires.
3. Inspect for corrosion.
4. Inspect for deformation.
5. Inspect for surface wear.
6. Inspect for defective coiling.
7. Inspect for deterioration due to snatch loading.
8. Inspect lengths that run through blocks, particularly those which lie on the sheaves when the
appliance is in the loaded condition.
.
Open the lay.
1. Check internal lubrication.
2. Degree of corrosion.
3. Indentation caused by pressure of wear.
4. Presence of broken wires.
(An accurate log should be kept of inspection dates, rope condition, end for ending, replacement,
etc. Broken wires are usually the result of fatigue and wear.)
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
213

326. Wire Rope . SWL


Type of rope Breaking stress
Steel wire 6x12 15D/500
SWL=
6x24 20D/500
6x37 21D/500

(Wire . SWL BS )
Wire Grease Recommanded Grease eg. Cadiun Compound)
327. Wire Wire
Old Wire Certificate (or) Rigging Plan (or) Crane Booklet (or) Chain Register
Wire
Wire New Wire . Certificate ( .) Wire Termination
Thimble Eye Mechanical Seal size, type, diameter etc

Wire per strength

Flexible Steel Wire Rope Diameter Strands Length

328. Cargo Gear (Derrick)


1. Single Swinging Derrick
2. Union Purchse Derrick (90 , 120 ) (Preventer, Schooner)
3. Doubling Gear (Gun Tackle)
4. Velle Derrick
5. Hallen Derrick
6. Stulken Derrick

1. Single Swinging Derrick



Derrick Boom Supported H ) Pivot Arrangement
Gooseneck Topping Lift Span
Derrick Boom Elevation Topping Lift

Mast of the Derrick Topping Wire Span Tackle Topping Wire


Winch Permanently Fitted Derrick Boom Winch Topping (or)
Lowering
Cargo Block Runner Run Through Slewing
Wire Either Side of the Derrick Slewing Guy Blocks Run Through
Cargo Lifted (or) Lower Derrick Swinging
Topping Lift and Two Guys Independently Derrick Operate
4 Independent Winches
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
214

2.Union Purchse Derrick


Union Purchase Derrick
Union Purchase
Derrick Require Position Fixed Cargo Runner Operate

One Derrick Plumbs the Hatch Other Derrick Plumbs Over Side
Deck Clutter( ) Reduce Topping (or) Lowering Inward
Derrick Boom Head Rigging
Derrick Winch Runner wire H Runner Wire
One Heaving and One Slack One Derick Cargo Other Derrick . Transfer

Preventer Guys Derrick Jerking Derrick . Out Boom


. Weight
Runner Wire . Angle between 90 120 .
Max Load 1/3 of the SWL of Lowest Rated Derrick (or) Absolute Maximum of 2.5 T

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


215

3. Doubling Gear
close to (or) excess SWL of the Cargo runner Cargo runner stress limit
exceed
Procedure
. Derrick Second Spider Band Runner Eye Second Spider Band
Shackled Head Block Runner Eye Shackle Runner Wire Bight
) Runner Wire Bight
Floating Block (or) Snatch Block Secure Gun Tackle Arrangement
Load

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


216

. Derrick Second Spider Band Sipder Band


. H H
Runner Wire
Bight Bight Floating Block (or) Snatch Block
Secure Load

4.Velle Derrick
Single Swinging Derrick Derrick Head T Bar (or) Floating Bridle Bar
Cargo Hoist Blocks Topping Span Blocks Secure
Greater Slewing Radious H
Provide T Shape Yoke Four Short Steel
fitting
Topping (or) Lowering Fall Ends Half barrel on one winch make fast
Slewing End Half barrel of another winch make fast
Third Winch Hoisting .
Velle Derrick Cargo Handling speed Joy Stick
Operator Operation Control T Bar Load
Stabilize Prevent SWL 25 to 100 Tonnes

Half Barrel, Same Direction Half Barrel, OppositeDirection

T Bar (or) Floating Bridle Bar

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


217

5.Hallen Derrick
D Frame Mast Single Derrick Each end of the mast
Out Trigger Rod Outrigger Stay
D Frame . Limit Angle Maintain
Derrick Over the Ship Side ( .) Fore and Aft Line Derrick Angle
80 Control and Stabilise
Out Trigger Derrick Maximum Outboard Angle Topping Lift
Pennants D Frame Prevent
Topping/Slewing Winch One Control System (Joy Stick )
Both Winch H
Third Winch Hoisting .

Lifting, Sewing and Hoisting operator Operate


15 Operate Horizontal Derrick Angle 15
Operate 80 Slewing Cargo capacity up
to 200 Tonne Operate

Same Direction For Topping


One Heaving and One Slacking For Slewing

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


218

6.Stulken Heavy Lift Derrick


Derrick Support
Derrick V Shape Mast Two Adjacent Hatches

Lifting Plants Operate H


Hoisting Winch Two Gears
One Person O

Permanently Rigged
Seal Bearing
Same Inclined Masts Union Purchase
H SWL Tonne 800

1. Samson Post, 2. Heavy Derrick, 3. Cargo Fall Tackle, 4. Topping Lift Tackle, 5.Winch
6. Topping Lift Winch, 7. Ladder, 8. Cross- Tree, 9. Derrick 10,11,12 Cargo Fall Leading Blocks
13. Topping Lift Leading Blocks, 14. Flemish Hook ,15. Connecting Tranverse

329. Cargo Gear (Crane)

Pedestal Crane
Sipboard Pedestal Crane Rotate
Permanently Mounted Main House
Cabin, Winches Jib (which projects from pedestal) .
Housing Crane H
Housing Winch Jib Topping
H Winch Operator Cabin Joy
Sti Control

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


219

Crane
360 degree rotation
Good spot loading
Fast Operation
Low maintenance
The SWL of two cranes may be combined when use together
Grabs, Container spreaders etc..can be fitted to the cargo hook
Safety Featurres .
Limit switches for topping and hoisting
Jibs angle indicator, indicates the angle of jib which corresponds to the SWL
Two block limit switch, prevents the inadvertent control of the floating number block and jib
mounted runner block
Slack wire cut off
SWL cut off prevents a weight in excess of the SWL from being lifted
Topping and Hoisting winch cut off, that cut off the power when less than 3 turns remain on
the winches (or) if the wire become fouled
Flashing light place at the end of the jib to prevent accidental contact with shore crane

1.crane pedestal (or crane cohimn, or crane post),2.bolted connection,3.fixed lower structure,
4.superstructure (or crane body, or revolving super- structure),5.slewing ring,6.driving cab,
7.jib (or crane boom),8.jib heel pin or boom heel pin,9.luffing (or topping) cylinder,
10.cargo runner (or hoisting rope, or lifting rope),11.jib head built-in cargo sheaves,
12.crane top built-in cargo sheaves,13.cargo winch,14.rope terminal (thimble),15.shackle,
16.swivel,17.link,18.cargo hook (C-hook, or Liverpool hook),

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


220

330. Thorough Examination

(2)
Derrick gooseneck Chain Block Chain
Block .
Derrick Derrick Heel Shackle
Topping Lift Shackle . Transfer Hauling Part
Winch
Through Examination
Cleaning Cleaning Bolt H
Check
Gooseneck Bracket H Check
Pin
good in order check
Bearing Check
Grease Check Remove . Grease

Operation Condition Test


and Cargo Gear Record Entries

331. Heavy Lift Cargo Permissible Deck Load Load Density Plan
(SE pg 107)
Cargo . Intended Stowage Place Cargo Area
Weight Disribution
Area
Tween Deck additional under deck supports temporary additional pillars

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


221

332. Heavy Lift Cargo Prepara


H
1. H
2. H
3.
4. H
Test Run

5.

6. H Capacity
Plan

7. refe

8. Inform Engine Room. (if possible E/O stand by)


9. H


10. cargo

11.
12. j
13.
14.

Best place to load


Best place is where extra strengthening is provided by:
1. Longitudinals, plate floors.
2. Solid floors or transeverses.
(Examples: along longitudinal center girder, lower hold abaft machinery space.
Load density not to be exceeded.)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


222

333.
Require By PMS (or) Maker Instruction (or) Onboard Crane Wire
Wire Risk Assessment Wire
Wire Rigging Plan Wire . Size, Type, Length of Wire Rope Check
Wire Certificate Check

PROCEDURE OF CHANGING CRANE CARGO RUNNER CABLE


1. Hook Block Secure
2. Limit Switch By Pass
3. Wire
4. Wire Thimble Eye Thimble Eye Wire whipping Cutter

5. Old Wire New Wire


6. Old Wire New Wire Carefully Heave Up Wire

7. Wire Drum Stopper


8. Old Wire . Drum 2 Slack Old Wire
Disconnect . Slowly
9. New Wire Drum Connect Continue Heaving Up Slowly
10. Wire Thimble Eye Thimble Eye Crane Wire
Secure
11. Test Run
12.
Record Entries

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


223

334. Cargo Operation Derrick Cargo Runner Wire

Bosun Store New Runner Wire


Derrick Adequate Height Topping down Block . Heaving Line
Winch Broken Wire Broken wire and Heaving line Winch
Winch Slowly heave up
Heaving line Winch Broken wire Heaving line
Near the winch area Temporary made fast
Winch Clear Heaving line Winch
Roll on flaked
New runner wire Heaving line Bent Slowly heave up
New runner wire Winch Heaving line Winch Clear New
runner wire Winch . Secure point clamped Heave Up
Test run

335. Cargo Blocks Maintenance


Block Overhauling and Block Sheave, Bush and Axle bolt
. E Distance piece Remove
A . Axle bolt Split Pin Axle pin Remove
Sheave remove Bush bearing remove
Inside the centre of sheave and centre of bush Old
grease remove and clean
Inspection
1. Swivel head fittings, 2.Binding, 3.Side or partition plates, 4.Sheaves, 5.Axle Pin

1. Swivel head fittings . Net or Collar of Shank Examine


Shank Distortion ( ) Freely by hand
Grease or Oil
2. Binding . Fractures or corrosion
3. Side or partition plates
4. H H
Check
Bush H
5. Check Holding Nut Axle Pin Securely and
Split Pin Pass Through Split Pin
6. Regular Lubrication Lubrication
Remove
7. Grease Nipple Block
Blocks with it Shackles Rigging plan Compare and check
8. . . Register of ship Lifting Appliances
Old equipments certificate New
Replace

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


224

336. Windless Break Test


Break Test (2)
Power Windless . Movement Reverse Gear . Space
Small Gap Windless Power Turn Out Gear

Break Chain . Movement /

337. Type of Anchor


Type of Anchor (3)
1. Stock Anchor
Construction Advantage Disadvantage
Stock weight of the No moving parts o Difficult to Store
remainder No chokes o Swing
Fluk ) Stock . Great upper fluke . Cable
Stock horizontally herself stability
maintain
Holding power about 2.8 times
of its weight

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


225

2. Patent Stockless Anchor

Construction Advantage Disadvantage


No stock Hawse pipe o Difficult to Store
Head End of shank heave up
Pivot Quickly Secured
Angle of rotation axis of Ready for letting go o Stock
shank 45 Good holding power )
Head weight 60% of total (good holding ground o Heavy load . Anchor
weight 3 4 time of its weight ) 180

o Anchor to be weight &


sighted regularly

3. Admiralty Cast Anchor (AC-14)

Construction Advantage
Admiralty . . Type Standard merchant ship anchor

Every type of seabed Practically test


Great stability
Holding power Stockless anchor 2.5 3
time

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


226

338. Stockless Anchor

Stockless Anchor
1. Anchor Ring (or) Anchor Crown Shackle
2. Shank
3. Bill (or) Pea
4. Fluke (or) Palm
5. Arm
6. Throat
7. Blade (or) Tripping palm
8. Crown
9. Head .

339. Anchor Certificate (SE pg 68)

(a) The Certificate serial number.


(b) Name of the Certifying Authority.
(c) Name of the testing establishment.
(d) Name of the Supervisor of Tests and their signature.
(e) The mark or logo of the testing establishment, if any.
(f) Type of anchor.
(g) Length of the shank in millimetres.
(h) Length of arms in millimetres.
(i)
(j) Proof load applied, in tonnes.
(k) Weight of the anchor.
plicable.

340. Cable and Anchor


Anchor Arm
X = Serial Number of Test Certificate
Y = Letter of Certifying Authority

341. . .
Stub Kicking & Longitudinal stretching Open
link strength 15% Stub . welded join

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


227

342. Chain Cable . check


Wrought iron, Forged mild steel, Cast steel
Visual inspection . Link . Stub
Stub

Calibration . Link . Diameter


D1
D1 Original diameter . Less than 88% renew

343. Anchor Crown Cable .


Method (3) .
Alternative 1
1. Anchor Anchor Crown Shackle
2. Open end link . Enlarged link
3. Kenter shackle . Common link

OE KC
Alternative 2
1. Anchor Anchor Crown Shackle
2. D type end shackle
3. Open end link, Enlarged link . Common link
4. Kenter shackle . Common link
( . )

Alternative 3 DOEC KC

1. Anchor Anchor Shackle Swivel


2. Enlarged link Kenter shackle . Common link

SE KC

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


228

344. Joining shackle


Joining shackle (2)
1. Lugged Joining Shackle
Bolt, Spine
Spin Pin Topper 1/16

2. Lugless Joining Shackle


Non corrosive nickel steel .
Stub, . Secure
Spin pin tapper 1/32

345. Cable . Diameter .


Link

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


229

346. Anchor care


1. Anchor alternate
2. Wash down
3. hic l encrusted Anchor slow speed . Wash
4. Thick grease . Regular wash
5. Retest ( .) Heat treatment
6. Stockhalm tar (or) Special chain paint . Regular coating

Alter, Wash, Grease, Paint

347. Chain care


1. Regular wash
2. Wear and Tear Examine %
Renew
3.
4. Repaired ( .) Replaced cabel statutory proof load
5. Stockhalm tar (or) Special chain paint . Regular coating
6. Chain locker Dock (or) cabel
Range 1st 2 3 shackles Transpose

348. Transpose
Anchor . 1st 2 3 shackles Dock (or)
Chain locker Bitter end . Changes Brittle
. Wear & Tear

349. Joining Shackle care


At survey Joining shackle re-examined thoroughly clean, grease & assembly the parts
) Lead pellets Regular check

350. Chain Locker care


Thoroughly Clean Out

thoroughly

Eductor pump (if possible) check & test

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


230

351. Test
Anchor . Total weight (including the stock) 75kg B4 put in service Proof

Cable 12.5 mm (Diameter) (tensile breaking


stress test . Each shackle 3 sample Factory test
) Flaw ( ), weakness, defor inspect
Anchor & Cable Test Surveyor Certificate Certificate
Sr No., Name or Mark of certfy athourity, Supervsor Name, Type, Length,

352. Bitter End / Hurricane Pin


1. End Link Chain locker bulkhead Steel lug Hurricane Lock
Split pin
2. Cable end link Upper part of the chain locker Steel lug Secure ( .)
secure
3. Port and Starboard anchor End link Join

353. What is the Slipping Cable?


. emergency . (2)
From Deck (or) From Chain Locker (Bitter End)
Anchor Buoy . Attach .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


231

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


232

354.
Point
Bridge
Anchoring plan plan Plan A & Plan B
(2) )
Plan
1. Port control contact
2. mark
3.
Note down
4. Anchor ready

H .
Both anchor Clear away
Power on winch
properly work check
Anchor A cockbill position Break Bridge report

355.
Anchorage area check
Depth of water, Nature of bottom, Shulter, Communication

356. How many shackle are you drop?


Sufficient scope of chain Scope

1. Nature of holding ground (stiff clay, rock, shells & stones, mud) clay and mud is best
2. Sea room available for the circle of swing traffic density
3. Shelter
4. Expected weather, wind, current conditions
5. Load / Ballast
6. Depth of water
7. length of time vessel going to stay at anchor

357. Sufficient Scope


Anchor
cable
( - Anchor seabed 15 % Anchor seabed 25
% )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


233

358.
1. yawing sign
2. j transit bearing
3. Cable long stay steady slacken and tighten alternatively
4. Cable vibration .
5. Anchor dragging alarm earlier set up
6. In the electronic navigation aids (RADAR, ARPA) speed over ground

359. What is Yawing? How do you control yawing?


Yawing (about 25 Port & Stb dangerous sign)
Control
1. Using rudder and the engine (Steering . wheel )
2. Anchor
.
nd
3. 2 anchor under foot
4. Open moor )
360.
(3)
I.Depth less than 20m
Depth of water Let go on the run
Hold on and Brake
Cable check
II.Depth over 20m
Seabed 4 to 5m

III.Depth less than 20m
Operation
(Walk Back = Windlass Power Cable )

361. Calm Weather


1. Slow speed . approach
2. momentum . head way
3. Vessel speed 0.5
4. Head way Pre plan anchor . Let go anchor (head way
)
5. Dead slow astern cable
6. Vessel astern drift Stop engine Cable Lay out
7. Stern way ( cable
)
8. scope Hold on and Brake

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


234

362. Buoy

Risk Assessment
(Hang wire, Chain hook, Anchor lashing
material, Buoy shackle, Two slip wire, Messanger rope etc..) Sufficient SWL
Hangging Off Anchor
Heaving line Hawse pipe
Heaving line Shackle Anchor crown shackle
Anchor Hawse Pipe Pull wire
shackle Anchor crown shackle shackle on )
Anchor crown Shackle on Pull wire Fair lead Wrapping drum
Anchor Pull wire .
Anchor Anchor crown shackle H Bit

Drum Pull Wire H


Pull wire Drum Bit secure
cable continue to walk back
oining shac le on dec Hawse pipe cable Bow stopper or other
ca le-securing arrangement . Lashing
Spurling pipe (Chain Locker) cable lashing
Joining (Kenter) shackle dismentle (lead pellet remove spile pin
sui stud extracted )
Swivel short link . common shackle
Messenger rope centre lead Hawse pipe Joining shackle . 4-5
sha secure
Buoy Cable Hawse pipe Buoy shackle 2 slip wires
ready

Buoy
Buoy position Bridge Frequently report
Buoy . Head line Mooring crew Mooring crew Head line Buoy

Mooring rope heave up uo report )


Buoy . Buoy shackle . Cable Adjust
Mooring crw cable Buoy shackle Buoy connected (Shackle on
buoy)
Bridge report Slip wire Port & Stb Slip wire
Slip wire
Stand by mooring

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


235

363. Buoy Approch Buoy Side


Right handed propeller At calm sea, with the tide Buoy Stb side
Against the tide Port Side

364. Buoy ?
Buoy (2) (1) Buoy . Ring (2) Bouy . Attach chain shackle . Join

365. Buoy
Buoy m or m
Wire Cable al ac

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


236

366. Clearing the Foul Hawse


Clearing the foul hawse Tide (6 .)
equipmen
10 x 15 mm
20 x 25 mm
Both cable Heave up
Turn Both cable f . Shackle Fibres rope
.
Wire Shoulder Sleeping cable Preventer wire

Sleeping cable On deck Walk back


wire Sleeping cable . Shackle Joining
(Kenter) shackle dismentle
Messenger wire rope Sleeping cable Hawse pipe Riding
cable Direction round turn End of the cable Secure
End of the cable Secure Messenger wire heave up Easing wire slack

Procedure

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


237

367. Ship Handling


Ship handling (2)
1. Under Control === (6)
2. Not Under Control ===(4)

Under Control Not Under Control


1.Engine Propeller 1.Wind
2.Rudder 2.Tide / Current
3.Thruster 3.Sea / Swell
4.Anchor 4.Hydrodynamic Effect
5.Tug
6.Mooring Lines

368. Propeller
Single Screw Twin Screw
Single Screw (1) Fixed Propeller (2) CP Propeller
Fix Propeller (1) Right Handed (2) Left Handed Propeller

Propeller

Single Screw Twin Screw

Fixed Propeller CP Propeller

Left Handed Right Handed


369. Controllable Pitch Propeller (CP propeller) . Feature
1. Constant direction (one way )
2. Constant RPM
3. Constant control & change of pitch angle
4. Propeller
5. Transverse Thrust (due to constant direction)
370. CP propeller . Advantage & Disadvantage

Advantages Disadvantages
1. i ed turning speed 1. Installation cost
2. ropeller damage Spare blade 2. Maintenance & Repair

3. Main engine andling


4. Compressor . Compressed air
5. Bridge Direct Control
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
238

371. Propeller Thrust


Thrust (1) Fore & Aft Thrust (2) Tranverse Thrust

372. Transverse Thrust


Propeller pper lade
Lower Blade
(Transverse Thrust)

Tranverse Thrust For Left Handed Propeller


Ahead Bow Cant To Port
Astern Bow Cant To Starboard

Tranverse Thrust For Right Handed Propeller


Ahead Bow Cant To Starboard
Astern Bow Cant To Port

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


239

373. Astern
1.
2. Fore & Aft Thrust
3. (stern seeks the wind)

374. Rudder Type


Normally (4) types
1. Unbalanced Single Plate Rudder
No longer Use, Old fashion
Whole surface area Turning area .
Turning effect
2. Semi Balanced Mariner Type Rudder
Very popular rudder
Especially container & twin screw vessels
3. Balanced Bolt Axle Rudder
Turn Smaller force
Steering gear . Running cost
Bolt . Support . Rudder

Rudder area . 70-75% - % Axle
4. Balanced Bolt Axle Rudder
(such as : Ferries and Roll on- Roll off ships)
Not common in other type of vessels
Main disadvantage Total weight of rudder Hull Rudder bearing

375. Rudder Effect ?


1. Astern Rudder effect
2. With the current Rudder effect

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


240

376. Bow Thruster


Speed Effect
Under 3 knots can use, can effect

Engine . Rudder One ship length Vessel



Heavy weather condition Require ship heading can assist

377. Anchor H .
1. Emergency Stop
2. Snub round )
3. .
4. )
5. )

378. Dredging down . Dropping down


Dredging down
Vessel Against the tide condition Along the bottom Anchor
Drift
Vessel speed over ground Rate of current
Rudder (but little effect)

Dropping down
Vessel Against the tide condition Anchor Just clear sea bed position Tidal
stream e Drift
Speed over ground Tidal stream speed
Rudder e Control Vessel Control Engine ( .) Anchor

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


241

379. Anchor Dredging


1.
2. To control over speed

380. Anchor Dredging


1. Anchor let go Normal slow speed Maintain ( .

)
2. Anchor Berth Sufficient time Walk out
3. Anchor fluke drop Anchor dig ( ) Early ship stop
4. Normal slow speed speed up ( Pivot point normal position
Anchor . effective )
5. Cable Depth . 1.5
6. Weight on the Anchor Keep
7. Cable gentle and steady slow manoeuvre Operation
Rushing operation
8. Berth Cable
9. Sea bed
10. Adequate UKC

381. Tug
Tug
Tug Girting

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


242

382. Tug

. . Pivot point .
. Away from pivot point
Pivot Head way 1/4L from forward
Pivot Stern way 1/4L from stern
Pivot Nearly Amidships

383. Tug
Pivot . Tug distance Pivot .
Tug Force/Power ( .) Pivot Tug Ship Force
.

384. Tug Interaction

Interaction Ship to Another ship ri er an .


Interaction (3) Ship to Ship, Ship to Shore, Ship to Ground.
Causes:
Ship . Around the hull Pressure bulb
. . Hydodynamic +ve e pressure ul
Zero current speed Ship
Vessel . Domain . Another vessel . Domain .
Domain theory
Shallow water Operate Interaction effect

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


243

385. Interaction Effect .


1. Both ship Reduce speed Increase safe speed (Golden Rule)
2. Speed
3. Shallow water Interaction effect . Care & vigilance
4. Between vessel Distancce keep
5. Another ship . Domain .
6. Shallow water Depper water Cross

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


244

386. Tug Girthing / Girting / Girding


(Tug )

Causes
1. Ship From Tug Turn Away
2. Ship Speed
3. Coperation between Ship & Tug .
4. Communication . .

Precaution
Gob Rope

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


245

387. Mooring Handling


Jetty Slow speed .
H Just pick up the slack ( Jerk Motion
)
H

388. Ship Handling Wind Effect


Wind effect During stop & slow speed control Normal
. Full speed . . Effect
. Centre of wintage area . Pivot point
At Even Keel
1. When stop == Pivot at nearly admidships (P)
Centre of wintage area at a little aft (W)
. . )
2. When H == Pivot at nearly from forward (P)
Centre of wintage area at a little aft (W)

Run )
3. When == Pivot at nearly from stern (P)
Centre of wintage area at a little aft (W)
Wind bore into )
By the Stern

1. When H == Pivot . (P)


W .(W)
So vessel Weak turning lever
2. When == (P)
. (W)
So vessel Good turning lever

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


246

389. Kick Ahead Maneuvering / Slow Speed Control


1. Only suitable low speed
2. Rudder Heading . Speed .
3. Speed Astern period Period
. Kick Ahead .

Procedure

Require side Rudder


Sufficient Power Ahead (Kick Ahead)
. (Only short time period)
Engine

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


247

390. What Is The Lateral Motion?



Due to centrifugal force ( )
Large full body of ship (Bulk Carrier)

391. What Is The Transverse Thrust? Why occur?


1. Propeller Sideway Thrust
2. Pressure . Centre of gravity

3. Near the surface Upper blade Lower blades Transverse effect Cancel
.
4. Right handed propeller When going ahead
5. Transverse thrust Going ahead Going astern
6. . Fine line designed Stern

7. Load vessel Light vessel

392. What Is Another Name Of The Transverse Thrust?


T - Tranverse Thrust
S - Sideway Thrust
S - Screwing Thrust
S - Starting Bias ( )
A - Athwartship Thrust

393. What Is The Turning Circle? Large and Small ?


Vessel Wheel 360 . roughly circular (path)
Path Vessel .
Vessel Turning Original 90 . Original Speed
% Original 180 . Original Speed

Depends On => (1) Draft (2) Trim (3) List (4) Steerage quality (5) No. & Type of propeller
(6) Current (7) Wind (5) / (2)
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
248

394. Turning Circle

Large / Increase Small / Decrease


1.Longer Ship 1.Shorter Ship
2.Trim By the Stern 2.Trim By the Head
3.Towards List 3.Against List
4.To leeward 4.To Windward
5.Shallow Water (2 ) 5.Deep Water

395. What is Advance?


Rudder Turn through 90 Distance travell

Average Advance 3

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


249

396. What is Transfer?


(original track) 90 alter Point Distance travelled.

397. What is Tactical Diameter?


(original track) 180 alter Point Distance travelled.

398. What is Drift Angle?


Turning Circle Line Vessel Fore & Aft
Turning Cicle

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


250

399.
4 Simultaneous Actions === (1) Raise Alarm
(2)Engine Stop
(3) Helm Hard Over To Man Fall Side
(4) MOB Buoy Release
After Simultaneous Actions = (5) Inform Master
(6) Activate GPS Mode Marker
(7)Post Special Look Out With Binocular
(8) Disrtribute Portable VHF & Loud Hailer
(9) Prepare Rescue Boat Alternative Mean
(10) TPA, Immersion Suit, First Aids Kits
(11) Borcast Urgency Signal
(12) Sound Signal 3 Prolong Blasts
(13) Rig Pilot Ladder/ Nets

400. IAMSAR
(3) (1) Willason Turn (2) Anderson Turn (3) Sharnov Turn

401. RV
1. Willison Turn
2. Radar Reflector
3. Rescue boat & Casuality Radar plotting
4. Casuality
5. Rule 35 Proper Fog Signal

402. Willison Turn . . Advantage & Disadvantage


perate= (1) Initial Course 60 off course
(2) 60 . ( ) wheel .
(3) Imitial Course . Reciprocal Course 20 wheel Amidship
Reciprocal Course . Steady
= Day or Night, Poor Visibility
= Automatic Return Feature
= Not quick in emergency

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


251

403. Single Delay Turn . . Advantage & Disadvantage


perate= (1) Continuous Sharp Look Out

(3) Calm weather . . wheel hard over


Otherwise to Windward

= Vicinity
= Not automatic return feature
Manfall not on continuous one side

404. Double Turn


perate= (1) Hard Over to Man Fall Side & Continuous Sharp Look Out
(2) Steady Reciprocal Course
(3) Reciprocal Course Manfall point 30 Hard Over to
Manfall Side Again
(4) Initial Course
= Manfall . . Look out
Automatic Return Feature Vicinity

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


252

405. Short Rond Turn


No wind & No current vessel own ship length 180 Transverse
Thrust
Sea Room Short Round Turn
perate= (1) Wheel Hard Over to
(2) First Sign of Headway . Stop Engine
(3) Wheel (Vessel
Bow Starboard Starboard
)
(4) Astern way No. 1 Procedure
Vessel 180 Round Turn

406. Snub Rond Turn


(Assume Right Handed Propeller)
Vessel with the tide . round turn
Tranverse thrust, Current effect Anchor Turn
Vessel
perate= (1) Right H . STB Anchor ready
(2) Minimum Headway / Momentum Ahead .
(3) Wheel H
Engine A
(5) Tide . . Let go anchor Depth of water . 2 /2 Shackles
Snub (hold on) cable
(6) Wheel Vessel

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


253

407. Mooring
Mooring (5) Anchor (3) Alongside Mooring (2)
Anchor Mooring (3) = (1) Open Moor (2) Standing Moor (3) Running Moor
Alongside Mooring (2) = (4) Baltic Moor (5) Mediterranean Moor

408. Anchorage . Mooring . Advantage

Advantages Disadvantages
1. Swinging room 1. 2nd anchor .
2. Scope can be adjusted 2. H
(Same as Single Anchor)
3. Sleeping Anchor Riding Anchor .

4. Beam wind Vessel Tight Span

409. Mooring
1. Foul Hawse continuous watch maintain
2. Foul arc Clear arc determine ( Foul arc / Clear arc)
3. Vessel on each tidal stream Clear arc
4. Engine Adjust
5. Weather (especially wind direction) frequently check
6. Tidal change

Anchor Term
Render Cable = Brake Slack Apply
Veer Cable = Under Power (Gear)
(Walk Back)
Surge Cable = Freely Run Out (Break Well Open)
Snub Cable = Hold On Chain

410. Vessel Fast Speed . Appoch 2 mile


Another vessel action vessel engine

Engine
Pay out anchor cable and drop back astern
Heave in on the anchor cable and pull the vessel ahead
Go hard over with rudder and give the vessel sheer

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


254

411. Open Moor


== (1) Large wintage area
(2) Typhoon Anchorage
(3) Heavy weather, Strong wind Open Moor

==(1) Wind / Current (Wind and Current direction


)
(2) Minimum head way .
(3) Weather (or) Upstream Anchor Let go on the run (Render)
(4) Minimum head way . (Veer )
(5) 1/3 of the final length (or) 1/3 of the cable used pay out Hold on

(6) 2nd Anchor 2nd Anchor 1st Anchor Veer

(7) 1st Anchor 2nd Anchor Require final length


Drift down Hold on Brake
(8) Cable Angle 120

412. Tide Span

T tonnes stress
. Stress
T tonnes cable
angle cable .

. Cable 120 cable


T tonnes stress
Tide span (See Fig)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


255

413. Standing Moor


== (1) Strong Wind
(2) Strong Current
(3) Swinging Area Limit Standing Moor
(S )
Against the Wind and Current
==(1) Wind / Current Against Sufficient Minimum Head Way Way .

(2) Intended Position Weather Anchor


st st
(or) 1 Anchor Let go on the run ( 1 Render)
(3) Vessel Down Stream . Weather Anchor Rander

(4) Lee Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor Let go

(5 2nd Anchor Gear Veer (2nd Veer) 1st Anchor Gear


Heave Up
(6) Require Intended Position 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up
(7 Weather Anchor 5 shackles
Brake Hold On . shackles shackles
. one shackle )
(8 Weight Riding Anchor . Sleeping Anchor

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


256

Against the Tide and Beside the Wind

== (1) Wind / Current Against Sufficient Minimum Head Way .


(2) Intended Position Lee Anchor
st st
(or) 1 Anchor Let go on the run ( 1 Render)
(3) Vessel Down Stream . Lee Anchor Rander

(4) Weather Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor Let go

(5 2nd Anchor Gear Veer (2nd Veer) 1st Anchor Gear


Heave Up
(6) Require Intended Position 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up
(7 Lee Anchor 5 shackles . Weather
Brake Hold On . shackles shackles
. one shackle )
(8 Weight Riding Anchor . Sleeping Anchor

414. Standing Moor


Standing moor, ordinary moor, dropping moor, straight moor ( D. S. O. S)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


257

415. Running Moor (Flying Moor)


== Stan
Against the Wind and Current
==(1) Current Against Minimum Head Way . Sufficient Minimum Head Way
.
(2) Intended Position (4 shackles - Lee Anchor
st st
(or) 1 Anchor Let go on the run ( 1 Render)
(3) Minimum head way . Lee Anchor Rander

(4) Weather Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor


Let go
(5 2nd Anchor Gear Veer (2nd Veer) 1st Anchor Gear
Heave Up
(6) Require Intended Position 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up
(7 Lee Anchor 5 shackles . Weather
Brake Hold On . shackles shackles
. one shackle )
(8 Weight Riding Anchor . Sleeping Anchor

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


258

Against the Tide and Beside the Wind

== (1) Current Against Sufficient Minimum Head Way .


(2) Intended Position (4 shackles - Weather
st st
Anchor (or) 1 Anchor Let go on the run ( 1 Render)
(3) Minimum head way . Weather Anchor Rander

(4) Lee Anchor (or) 2nd Anchor Let go

(5 2nd Anchor Gear Veer (2nd Veer) 1st Anchor Gear


Heave Up
(6) Require Intended Position 2nd Veer . 1st Heave Up
(7 Lee Anchor 5 shackles
Brake Hold On . shackles shackles
. one shackle )
(8 Weight Riding Anchor . Sleeping Anchor

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


259

416. Baltic Moor


== (1) Wharf (not sufficient robust)
(2) On Shore Gale Wind
(3) Fender concrete jetty
== (not jetty)
(2) Off Shore Anchor Acockbil
(3) 25 30 mm flexible wire rope Poop Deck .
Off Shore Anchor . Crown Shackle Join
(4) Ship side . Light Seizing

(5) Minimum Haed Way . Jetty . Abeam Distance One Ship


Length Jetty . Let go
(6) About Surge (brake will open)
Snub (hold on) Vessel Jetty . Drift

(7) Cable . Wire scope Adjust Slowly veer


(Vessel weight )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


260

417. Mediterranean Moor


== (1) Limited Wharf Space
(2) Loading / Discharging from Stern
(3) Fender concrete jetty
==(1) Minimum Head Way Jetty . Abeam distance 2 ship length
st
1 Bitt Off shore anchor Let go
(2) Minimum Head Way Off Shore Anchor (1st Anchor)
Render Wheel hard

(3) 1st Anchor 1st Anchor Snub 2nd Anchor


Let go
(4) Engine Astern Vessel . Vessel stern way 2nd
Anchor Render 1st Anchor Shortening in
(5) Stern way . Engine Stop Engine Wheel Vessel Jetty
90
(6) adjust Stern line . Stern line
. Just pick up the slack
(7) Heave Up Cable and Tight Stern . Wharf clearance
(8) Secure Weight of Ship 2cables

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


261

418.
1. Minimum Head Way Slow Speed Control . Fore & Aft Station Standby
2. Jetty 25 30 heading Approch
3. Jetty Engine Stop
Vessel Momentum .
4. Jetty Bow
Vessel Jetty
5. Head Line Just Pick Up the Slack

419. Starboard
1. Minimum Head Way Slow Speed Control . Fore & Aft Station Standby
2. Jetty Bow . 10 Approch
3. Jetty Engine Stop Vessel Momentum
.
4. Jetty H Engine Burst ahead
(One Ki ( Bow Jetty Take off the way .)
5.
6. Head Line Just Pick Up the Slack

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


262

420. What Is 6 Degrees Freedom of Motion?

Linear motion Rotational motion


Surging is motion along the longitudinal axis. Rolling is motion around the longitudinal axis.

Swaying is motion along the transverse axis. Pitching is motion around the transverse axis.

Heaving is motion along the vertical axis Yawing is motion around the vertical axis.

421. H
Pooping Effect )
1. Cause == Vessel . Quarterly Velocity (Spd + Dir) of Sea equal
Speed
2. Phenomenon== Bad weather stern direct
Vessel .
3. Consequence == Propeller & Rudder Engine Room Flooding

4. Corrective Action == Alter Course

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


263

Surf Riding Effect (Surfing) ( . )


1. Cause == Following Velocity of Wave Speed Surf Riding

2. Phenomenon== Vessel
3. Consequence == H
4. Corrective Action == 1.8

Brouch To (Surfing . )
1. Consequence == Heel and Heading .

2. Corrective Action == Speed 1.4

Sychronise Rolling Effect


1. Cause == Vessel Rolling Period Abeam Sea Encounter Wave Period (Apparent Wave)
Sychronis
2. Phenomenon== Each Roll )

3. Consequence == Rolling Angle Rolling Cargo


.
4. Corrective Action == Alter Course

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


264

Sychronise Pitching Effect


1. Cause == Vessel Pitching Period Following Sea Encounter Wave Period
(Apparent Wave) Sychronise Pitching
2. Phenomenon== Exce )
3. Consequence == H
4. Corrective Action == Alter Course and Speed

Parametric Rolling Effect


1. Cause == Vessel Pitching Period H
Danger of Wave Length = 1.0 1.5 Ship Length (i.e Pitch Quick, Roll Slow)

= . )
(Eg. Container ship)
Least Effect = Box Shape Vessel (or) Full Form Berge
2. Phenomenon== - Stern Dip & Vsl Roll
- Vessel Roll Bow
- Rolling character Different at stern and bow
3. Consequence ==- Parted Lashing, Container Lost Onerboard
- Stuctural failure, Severe Ship & Cargo damage
4. Corrective Action == (1)Ballasting for GM
(2) Anti-rolling acting stabilizing system
(3) Hydraulic fin stabilizer
(4)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


265

422.
Encounter Wave Period==
(Time interval between the passage of two successive crests relative to
Shipborne observer. Sometime called Period of Encounter)
Absolute Wave Period == Fix Point

423.
Pounding == Load stress (Greatest - Light condition)
Pitching == Unequal water pressure on shell plating (Greatest -- Head way condition)

424. H
==
Cause ==
Corrective Action ==

Slamming ==
.
Cause == Pitch (10) . Slam (1)
Corrective Action == Course Adjust


Cause == 25% racing danger
Corrective Action == Speed . Course adjust

425.
1. Sluuggish Movement )
Cause == Vessel Displaced
. Instantly Replace
Water Partial Vacuum
Phenomenon == Helm respond & Engine
.
Corrective Action ==

2. Vibration == Shallow water .

3. Steering == Shallow water steering becomes

4. Smelling the Ground


Cause ==
Stern

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


266

5. Interaction === Shallow water


Ship to ground Interaction (Squat)
Ship to Ship Interaction (Domain Theory)
Ship to Shore Interaction (Bow Caushion,Bank Suction)
Ship to ground Interaction (Squat)
Vessel Hull Displced replace Bow wave
Under ship Pressure Aft part

Depth Draft . 1 1.5

Ship to Ship Interaction (Domain Theory)


Ship . Around the hull Pressure bulb
. . Hydodynamic +ve e pressure ul
Zero current speed Ship
Vessel . Domain . Another vessel . Domain .
Domain theory
Shallow water Operate Interaction effect

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


267

Ship to Shore Interaction (Bow Caushion, Bank Suction)


Narrow channel . Bank Bank side flow of water
Bank Velocity of water
Tranverse Thrust Bow away from
bank ( Stern
Corrective action . Helm Bank Speed

426. Sign of Ship Squat


Hull == -Suddenly Vibrate
-Forward Wave Increase
- H

Bridge ==-RPM (1) Open water 15%


(2) Confined water 20%
-SPD (1) Open water 35%
(2) Confined water 75%
- Draft Indicator change
- Echo sounder change

Manoeuvring ==-Rudder efficiencies


- More sluggish
-Stopping distance time
-Turning circle

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


268

427. What Is the Factor Governing Squat ?


Factors governing squat:
Squat varies on the following factors:
Ship's speed: Squat is directly proportional to the square of speed. (squat Vk2) V=speed in knots
Block co-efficient: Squat directly varies with Cb. (squat Cb)
Blockage factor (S): It is the ratio between cross section of the vessel and cross section of the canal
or river. Squat varies with blockage factor as.

S=

So, in confined water, squat is more than in open water.


Squat may be calculated by the following simplified formulae:
Squat = (Cb X Vk2 ) / 100 (In open waters)
2
Squat = (Cb X Vk ) / 50 (In confined waters)
(Cb = )
Precaution
Squat may cause grounding in spite of enough UKC.
Squat to be calculated beforehand.
Speed to be reduced to reduce squat.
While determining UKC, squat for the speed to be taken into consideration.

428.
Effect of Bends
(i) Concave ( ) == water fast
Convex ( ) == slack or reverse

Corrective Action
(ii) With the Tide === Close to Point
Against the Tide=== Keep to Bend

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


269

429. H
- H
-H H
- Stability matter, Deck Securing party, Cargo securing party, Navigation & Safety Party
Four area
Stability
. GM


H


Deck securing party .
25 30 mm f along the deck rigging
H (
Sealing Tape )
All ventilator, sounding pipes, goose neck propely close
Deck cranes, gangway Secure ( extra lashing )
clear
On Deck secure
sounding
extra lashing
cement ( . propely cover
rope locker
propely shut
Propely lashing check
All
slacken down
Cargo lashing party .
Cargo lashing Team .
Extra lashing
Lashing ( lashing )

Cahin Wire lashing
Navigation & safety Party .
Master .
Vessel Position Verify Update Weather Position Storm Position Plot
Update Vessel Position shore-side authorities inform
A
Bridge Secure
Pounding prevent . Ample time Speed Reduce
Organize watch to suit three man watch principle (OOW, Helm Man & Look Out)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


270

430. What is the Bending Moment and Sheering Force?

Bending moments
Bending moment any section beam
Section Either End of the Beam
. Sum of Moments About that Section .
Moment Magnitude of External Force (Loads or Reactions) External Force
(Loads or Reactions) di
multiplying (See Fig)
Sagging or downwards bending of the beam bending moment negative bending
moment Hogging or upwards bending of the beam bending moment
positive bending moment (See Fig)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


271

Shearing Force
Shearing Force Material tends to break or shear Stress
Point algebraic sum
.
Right-hand side of the material . Sum of forces tends to move downwards Left-
hand side of the material . Sum of forces tends to move upwards Positive Sheer
Left-hand side of the material . Sum of forces tends to move
downwards Right-hand side of the material . Sum of forces tends to move upwards
Negative Sheer (See Fig)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


272

431. What is Hogging and Sagging?

Hogging
Vessel . Amidships Both end of the Vessel troughs
( Vessel . Bow and Stern
Deck Hogging

Sagging
Vessel . Bow and Stern Vessel . Middle of
hull trough ( Amidship
Sagging

432. Angle of L ?
Angle of Loll
Vessel Negative GM . capsizing moment

Angle of heel Centre of Buoyancy


. Centre of Buoyancy Vertically under G

Angle of Heel Angle of Loll GZ zero

H (from 1 to 2 in Fig:) Centre of Buoyancy


Angle of Loll Moment
(shown in Figure.c)
oscillate . centre of buoyancy vertically under G . does not move out
far enough ship will capsize
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
273

Corrected Action
Check
Top Up (or) Empty
Lower
Adequtae Satbility
Low Side Smallest Tank
Initial stage List (Never
start filling high side tank first)

433. What is the Longitudinal Strength Loads?


Longitudinal Strength Loads
(such as : bending moment, sheering force and torque acting on a hull girder)
Longitudinal Strength Loads (2) catigories
1. Static Longitudinal Loads
2. Dynamic Longitudinal Loads

1. Static Longitudinal Loads


Ship is floating still water condition Local inequalities of weight (light weight and dead
weight) buoyancy .
longitudinal direction i static bending moment, static
sheering moment and torsinal moment

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


274

2. Dynamic Longitudinal Loads


Ship is seagoing condition
.
(eg. for example the ship is sailing diagonally across a regular wave)
as shown in Fig.

434. What is the Transverse Strength Loads?


Transverse Strength Loads . Cross section

Transverse strength loads include:


- Hydrostatic and hydrodynamic pressure on the outer shell
- Structural weight and cargo weight working on the bottom structure
- Inertia force of cargo or ballast due to ship motion, so they induce deformation of
the ballast or cargo tanks
- Impact loads (slamming and sloshing)
Ship is floating still water condition (a) the hydrostatic pressure due to the surrounding water
(b) the internal loading due to self weight and cargo weight Transverse Strength
Loads
Ship is seagoing condition (c) Inertia force of cargo or ballast due to ship motion, so they
induce deformation of he ballast or cargo tanks

distortion Transverse section defomation


tranverse section

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


275

435.
Vessel . Allowable Sheering Forces
Stability Booklets Location of Frame No.
Generally . Location of Frame No. Dead Weight (all other weight such as the
weight of bunker, fresh water,
Allowable Sheering Forces and Bending Moments
Bending Moments and Sheering Forces
Location of Frame No. . Total Bending Moments and Sheering
Forces Stability Booklet Sheering Forces and Bending Moments Calculation
Table apply Calculated Total Bending Moments and Sheering Forces
Location of Frame No.
Stability Booklet . Limit
(See Fig)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


276

436.
1.
2. Instruction on use of the information
3. GA Plan and Drawing
4. Hydrostatic Curve and Table
5. Cross Curve of Stability
6. Capacity Plan or Table
7. Tank Sounding Table
8. Stability Criteria
9. Work Example
10. Description of Stability Calculation
11. Cross Curve of Floading Angle & Information
12. Index of Information
13. Inclining Test Report .

437. Inclining Test Inclinin


Inclining Test
Calm & Nice weather (no wind, no heavy rain, on tides) experiment carried out

carefully as slack as possible


Weight Locked in Position No loose fluids in
T

Large Trim

newly built or rebuilt


Inclining Test
The experiment carried out by the builder when the ship is as near to completion as possible; that
is, as near to the light condition as possible.
To find the KG for the light condition
To obtain the vertical position of C.G (Center of Gravity) of the ship

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


277

438. Under Load Line Rules

Stability requirements under load line rules (IMO stability criteria)


Area under GZ curve Up to 30 not less than 0.055 m-radians
DF
Area under GZ curve Up to 40 (or) Angle of down flooding (lesser one) not less
than 0.09 m-radians
DF
Area under GZ curve between 30 and 40 (or) Angle of down flooding (lesser one)
not less than 0.03 m-radians
Maximum GZ at angle not less than 30
Righting Lever (GZ) at an angle of heel equal to or greater than 30 at least 0.20m

Initial transverse metacentric height (GM) After free surface correction not be less than
0.15M

Stability criteria for Timber ship


DF
Area GZ curve Up to 40 (or) Angle of down flooding (lesser one) shall not less than
0.08 m-radians
Maximum GZ 0.25M
Departure corrected GM not less than 0.10M
At all time GM shall be positive a

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


278

Stability criteria for Grain laden ship


Full Compartment 15 (or) Partially Fill Compartment 25
Maximum List 12
Net residual area between heeling arm curve & righting arm curve up to 40 (or) angle of
DF
flooding if less than 40 ( whichever is least) 0.075 m-radians
After Free Surface Correction Initial GM 0.3 m
Many Compartment
Trimmed Level

439.
Loading Manual (To Prevent Excessive Stress in the Ship
Structure)

Stability data
Ballast & Deballast rate & capacity
Maximum allowable load
Any special restrictions such as limitation on the most advance operation condition imposed
by Administration or Organization.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


279

Relative Density
The specific gravity (SG) or relative density of a substance is defined as the ratio of the weight
of the substance to the weight of an equal volume of fresh water. If a volume of one cubic
metre is considered, then the SG or relative density of a substance is the ratio of the density of
the substance to the density of fresh water; i.e.

s wholly or partially immersed in a fluid it pears


to suffer a loss in mass equal to the mass of the fluid it displaces.

Reserve Buoyancy
Reserve buoyancy may be defined as the volume of the enclosed spaces above the waterline. It
may be expressed as a volume or as a percentage of the total volume of the vessel.

FWA
The Fresh Water Allowance is the number of millimetres by which the mean draft changes
when a ship passes from salt water to fresh water, or vice versa, whilst floating at the loaded
draft. It is found by the formula:
FWA (in mm) = Displacement (in tonnes)
4 x TPC

DWA
may


Allowance.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


280

Tonnes per centimetre immersion (TPC)

mean draft in salt water by one centimetre, where:

TPC = Water-plane area x Density of water


100

TPC = WPA x
100

Waterline Length
The waterline length (originally Load Waterline Length, abbreviated to LWL) is a
measurement of the length of the vessel at the point where it sits in the water. It excludes
the total length of the ship, such as features that are out of the water.

LBP
The length of a ship measured from the forward perpendicular to the after perpendicular.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


281

440. Corrosion
Corrosion (3)
1.Corrosion by erosion == Flow past Hull of the vessel
gradually destruction ( ) (eg. Near the
seawater discharge from hull)
2.Stress Corrosion== Non-uniform cold working Internal stresses corrosion Stress
corrosion corrosion (Stress corrosion in modern ships occur at weld joints)
3.Galvanic corrosion== Electrolyte solution (eg. Sea water) two different metals chemical
reaction one of the two metals corroding away Galvanic corrosion

441. Impressed current system (cathodic protection)

Immersed external hull only corrosion Protection system


Several Anodes, Reference electrodes Controller power unit .
Principle Hull protective potential value
adjust and maintained corrosion against
Reference cell Hull detect amplifier controller
. .
Amplifier controller reference cell current preset protective potential value compare
changes adjust reactor rectifier unit . preset protective potential
value amount of current Reactor rectifier unit ship electrical
system connected
protection . too
high current
Alkaline condition . about 1 metre . epoxy resin applied
protective shield
non-consumable metal
(lead/silver and platinum/palla
Impressed current system rudder and propeller protect Propeller
and shafting shaft slip spring hull structure electrically grounded corrosion
protect Rudder flexible cable ground cable corrosion
protect

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


282

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


283

442. Fresh Water Tank Maintenance


Entry into Enclose space entry permit comply
FWT Pump out & Clean every 6months Open & Maintenance not
exceed 12 months
FWT Maintenance F.W Tank Before pump out
Totally dry (removing moisture) clean
Primer & Coating (lead oxide primer ) Built up to original coating

Recommanded paint expoxy, bituminous or plastic, proprietary composition


ceament wash (cement ) Thick cement coating
Bottom of the tank
Internal surface maintenance . Tank
wear cleaning clothing, foot wear, should not be suffering from skin infection (diarrhea or
any co
F.W Tank Not more than 12 months
Disinfection

1. Chlorinate Line
2. High Test Calcium Hypo-Chlorite
3. Sodium Hypo Chlorite Solution
Amount Chlorine compound required for 50 ppm (50mg/liter)

Water Chlorinate Line H.T Calcium HC Sodium Hypo C.S


1000 liters 0.2 kg 0.08 kg 1 liter / 0.5 liter
10 tonnes 2 kg 0.8 kg 10 liters / 5 liters

Procedures for Disinfection


1. Chlorinate Line .
Chlorinate Line Dry Bucket or Drum

. require amount Tank


2. High Test Calcium Hypo-Chlorite .
HTCHC Dry Bucket or Drum
require amount Tank
3. Sodium Hypo Chlorite Solution
Solution Require amount Tank
H (6) months Chlorine 100 mg/liter .

Medical Guide)
Sample of Fresh water Tap and Shower outlet weekly or monthly (minimum concentration
of chlorine 0.2 ppm Test (Chlorine Test )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


284

443. Harmonized System of Survey and Certification (HSSC)


Purpose of HSSC
1. To reduce difficulties and extra expense for ship owners & operator
2. . Difference time Service Survey

3. Mandatory System

444. Under HSSC Survey


Survey (7)
1. Initial Survey == Service . Relavant Requirements

Certificate
2.Annual Survey== Service Maintaned

General Inspection .
3.Intermediate Survey= Service Specified Item ( Satisfied

4.Periodical Survey ==

5.Renewal Survey ==
New Certificate Issue (Same As Periodical)
6. Inspection Of Outside Of Ship Bottom == . Under Water Part
satisfactory condition and fit for the service Inspection
Surv
7. Additional Survey == Repair (or) Renewal Requirement
.

445. Under HSSC


(7)
1. Cargo S Maximum Vilidity 5 years
2. Passenger Ship Safety Certificate Vaild 1 year
3. Cargo Ship Annual Survey
4. Cargo Ship safety and Construction Certificate; Intermediate Survey ==+/- 3months 2nd or 3rd
anniversity date.
5. Cargo ship Safety Equipments Certificate; Periodical Survey==+/- 3months 2nd or 3rd anniversity
date.
6. Outside of Ship bottom inspection Cargo ship
7. Certificate Extension 5months 3months

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


285

446. What is International Classification Survey & Practical Purpose?


Classification Survey
1. Independent, . , Organization
2. Develops & Updates adequate published rules, Regulation & Standards
3. Trading Internationally
Pratical Purpose
1. P&I clubs, H&M insurers, Ship financiers & Cargo insura .
2. Sale & Purchase
3. Class
4. Class , Flag state withdraw

Certificates

Satutory Certificate Trading Certificate

(Conv, SOLAS, MARPOL, L.L) (CLASS)

7 Surveys A/I/D/S

447. Class withdraw


1.
2. Not seaworthy
3. Approved freeboard

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


286

448. Classification Survey


Classification Survey (4)
1. Annual Survey === +/- 3months of each anniversary date
To confirm general condition & maintain satisfied
2. Intermediate Survay=== Instead of either 2nd or 3rd annual survey
3. Docking Survey === 15 .
15 ---- Any 5 periods / Between docking not more the 3 years
15 ---- 2 yearly interval .
Under water portion suitable high resistance paint
2.5 years extension
4. Special Survey=== 5 yearly interval .
449.
1. H&M insurance cover
2. P&I cover
3. Seaworthy Class
4. Satutory certificate
450. Function of Class
Five Functions
1. Supervise ==
2. Survey== Refrigerating Machinery, Tonnage, Cargo Handling, Securing Equipments, Pre Loading
3. Assign== Freeboard
4. Verification== Safety (on be half of Flag state)
5. Provide== Techanial devices
451. Enhanced Survey
Enhanced Survey
Basically Close Up Examination H
Survey
Special Survey
Protective Paint Coating
452. Safety Equipment Survey
Survey Type => Initial, Annual, Periodical, Renewal
Validity => 5 years
Form E attach File Record Of Inspection
1. LSA 2. FFE 3. Navigation Equipments 4. Pilot Ladder Hoisting
5. Stability Data & Stability Booklet

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


287

453. Safety Equipment Survey


Safety Equipment Survey
Life saving appliances:
1. Lifeboat-
Stores and equipment.
Particular attention to bottom boards and buoyancy material.
Thwarts free of cracks.
1. Overhaul and grease which davits and blocks. Falls to be renewed or turned end to end. Repaint
markings on the lifeboat.
2. When boats are in water run the boats ahead and astern.
3. Inflatable liferafts to be serviced within the last 12 months.
4. Lifebuoys- lights, grab lines, markings well painted.
5. Lifejackets- lights, whistles and markings.
6. Pyrotechnics- expiry dates.
7. Record Of Inspection L/R . HRU Certificate
Fire Fighting appliances:
1. Fire control plans legible.
2. Check fire hoses, nozzles and applicators in good condition.
3. Test emergency fire pump.
4. Overhaul all extinguishers.
5. Test and overhaul fixed fire equipment system.
6. Check breathing apparatus and firemans suit.
7. Check fire and smoke detection system.
Other checks:
1. Emergency lighting system.
2. Check closing arrangements for- ventilators, skylits, doors and funnel.
3. Check navigational equipment (Lights, Shapes, Sound Signalling Appliances In Good Condition)
4. Magnetic compass in good condition and deviation curve, compass error book are properly
maintained
5. RADAR, ARPA, Echo Sounder, Gyro Compass, Position fixing equipments, Log, Rate of Turn
Indication Good condition
6. Adequate and update charts and publication are onboard
7. Check pilot ladders and pilot hoists.
8. Stability Data & Stability Booklet
9. ISM Last Audit Report
10. Planned Maintenance Schedule
In general all checks to be carried out as per the record of inspection form at the back of the SEQ
certificate.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


288

454.

1. Various weather condition


2. plan
3. Vessel
4. Overall maintenance

5. optimum condition
( plan constructed
6. - plan .
7. Manufactures . Instruction maintenance

8. . Brakedown maintenance plan

9. Wear and Tear . spare part replacements spare part item

10. Plan well control efficient recording system

455. Planned Maintenance Schedule


(ISM Code Chapter V Section 10 . )
Planned Maintenance Schedule . machinery
Regular Interval Systematic Maintenance

PMS Check
Item Item Inspection

Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) Shore / Ship


C/O Hand Over History Of Maintenance
Planned Maintenance Schedule (PMS)
Short Term Maintenance
Long Term Maintenance
Operational Maintenance

Short Term Maintenance Weekly, Forthly ( ) . Monthly


Weekly Maintenance == winches and windlasses
oil baths, if any, in winches and windlasses
wheels on steel hatch covers
door hinges on mast houses
ventilation system flaps and ventilators
cleats on external weathertight doors
anchor securing arrangements

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


289

Forthly Maintenance == accommodation ladder and gangway


lifeboat falls and blocks
davit pivot points
fire hydrants and monitors
fire hose box hinges
quick release gear on bridge wing life buoys
all life buoys
liferaft securing arrangements
securing bolts on international shore connection
steel hatch cross joints and quick acting cleats
hatch gypsy drive wheels and followers
hatch contractor panel fuses, electric cables and connections
all external butterfly nuts
all external electric cables and deck lighting arrangements

Monthly Maintenance == life boat falls for broken strands


CO2 cylinders in gang release system
fire detection systems
breathing apparatus and associated equipment
ladders on masts and ventilation posts
radar mast rigging
fire gauze
freeing ports
scuppers
hatchway non return valves
ship side guard rails

Long Term Maintenance 3 month, 6 month


3 Monthly Maintenance === all cargo gear
navigation light connections
hold ventilation systems
6 Monthly Maintenance === strip all mooring rollers
fresh water tanks
all running gear, strip blocks and derricks
cofferdams and void spaces
forepeak and afterpeak
remove ventilator cowls and grease the coaming test dampers flaps
and locking screws
hold equipment such as spar ceiling, limberboards, double bottoms,

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


290

Yearly === derust and repaint derricks


watertight seals on hatchways
loosen spare anchor securing bolts, lubricate all anchor parts and re-secure
rotational cleaning and painting of store rooms, alleyways, cabins and mess rooms
strip the windlass and aft mooring winch
standing rigging
Anchor, Launching Appliance, L/R and HRU Service

Operational Maintenance Operate Maintenance

For Example:
anchor cable marking
check mooring ropes and wires before and after use
all gantlines before being used on stages
pilot ladder and hoists, gangways, accommodation ladders and associated equipment before
and after use
check anchor and cables stowed properly
test fire fighting appliance before entering port
test manual and emergency steering arrangements before entering coastal waters
cargo securing arrangemets
all cargo gears and hatch closing arrangements before and after use
check hydraulic oil in any system
fumigate and spray holds as necessary

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


291

456. Risk Assessment

. Severi
.
work
H
H H


1. Likelihood )
2. H

Risk Ass (8)


1. c
2. Hazards and Personnel i (What could happen?)
3. (How likely is to happen?)
4. estimate
5. .
6. prepare (How to stop it happening.)
7. Control plan
8. effective and up to date

1. Classify work activities


Classify work activities
a. /department
b. Operation work / Routine work
c. Planned maintenance / Unscheduled maintenance
d.

2. Idetify hazards
1. Is there a source of harm?
2. Who (or what) could be harmed?
3. How could harm occur?

3. Identify Risk Controls


Risk assessment Risk reduce Risk and
Hazards identified
Risk control system method of management control individual control measures ( .) types
of control measure provide . Permit to Work system
define

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


292

4. Estimate risk
. risk from the hazard determine
(a) the potential severity of harm;
(b) the likelihood that harm will occur

severity of harm Health and Safety Slight,


Moderate and Extreme categories (3)

likelihood of harm fleet accident


Very likely, Likely, Unlikely, Very Unlikely Categories (5)

Severity of harm Likelihood of harm harm


(harm harm )
severity of harm== 1. Slight harm 2. Moderate harm 3. Extreme harm
likelihood of harm == 1. Very unlikely 2. Unlikely 3. Likely 4. Very likely
Harm Risk estimator Risk Estimate

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


293

Risk Level = Likelihood of Harm x Severity of Harm

Risk Estimator Table

Severity of Harm Score Risk Level


1 Very Low
Likelihood of 1.Slight Harm 2.Moderate 3.Extreme
Harm Harm Harm 2-3 Low
1.Very Unlikely 1 2 3 4-6 Medium
2.Unlikely 2 4 6 8-9 High
3.Likely 3 6 9 12 Very High
4.Very likely 4 8 12

5. Determine the tolerability of the risks


. Identified Risk
Risk Estimator acceptable, tolerable or unacceptable
Risk Tolerability evaluation simple method . five band structure
(shown in table)

6. Prepare risk control action plan

Determine H Very
Low (Trivial) (or) Low (Tolerable)
safety .

Action and Time Scale


Very Low (Trivial) No Action, No Document (action )
Low (Tolerable) Additional Control )
Medium (Moderate) Reduce Risk but
High (Substantial) Risk . . Urgent Action
Very High (Intolerable) Risk . . Reduce .
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


294

7. Review adequacy of action plan


Action plan
(a) Will the revised controls lead to tolerable risk levels?
(b) Are new hazards created?
(c) What do people affected think about the need for, and practicality of, the revised preventive
measures?
(d) Will the revised controls be used in practice, and not ignored in the face of, for example,
pressures to get the job done?

8. Ensure risk assessment and controls are effective and up-to-date


Risk Assessment
Formal Review - - confirm
acceptable or tolerable level reduce complete a detail of Risk Assessment
Safe work procedure work being
carried out operation

Sample of Risk Assessment for Working Aloft on Main Mast

Procedure 1
Procedure 2:
H Identified
Identified
H
Personel Protection
.
control measure

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


295

Procedure 4:
severity of harm Health and Safety
Slight,
Moderate and Extreme categories (3)

Procedure 3:
likelihood of harm fleet
accident

Procedure 5:
Likelihood of Harm Severity of Harm multiply Risk Factor
(Refer Risk Estimator Table) . Risk Factor Medium
(or) Above (Yellow, Orange or Red)

Procedure 5:
H Very Low

safety

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


296

457. What is Safety Officer?


More than 5 seafarers employed safety officer
company appoint
Master safety officer appointment official log book record (Master record
Master )
Safety officer . onboard safety adviser company safety
valuable assistance provide
Suitale safety officer course

458. What is Safety representative?


More than 5 seafarers employed safety reprensentative
. . company arrangement
. specify regulation
.
Tanker Tanker service 6 months
No. of safety reprensentative crew
6 15 crew == Officer (or) Rating
16 + crew == officer + rating
Over 30 crew == officer + rating

459. Safety committee ?


Health and Safety . / Master . Safety Officer
Forum
/
General guideline . About 4 6 weeks (normally )

460. Safety
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


297

461. Chief Officer Respon


1. Second In Command Assist Master
2. Deputy
3. Head Of Deck Department
4. Cargo Operation Incharge
5. Stability / Water Tight Integrity
6. Maintenance Of Deck Department
7. Navigation and Watch Keeping Duty
8. Anchor Officer
9. Safety Drill and Training
10. Company Issued, Job Description And Responsibility of C/O
11. Duty Of Safety And Environmental Protection

462. Cargo Ship Chief Officer . Join Relived Chief Officer Document Hand
Over
Relived Chief Officer Hand Over .
Ship Plan
1. Docking Plan 2. Plug Plan 3.GA Plan 4.Shell Expansion Plan 5. Fire Arrangement Plan 6.CO2 Plan
7. Load Density Plan 8.Rigging Plan

Ship Syability Criteria


1. Ship Particular 2. Dead Weight Scale 3. Cross Curve Of Stability 4. Statical Stability Information
5. Tanks Capacities 6. Ballast / Fresh Water / Fuel Arrangement 7. Damage Stability Information
8. Any Computer Loading / Discharging Program

.
1.Safety Equipments Certificate 2. Safety Radio Certificate 3. Safety Ship Construction
4.Load Line Certificate 5. L/R Certificate 6. Sanitation Certificate
(Expire Date Check )

Cargo Documentation .
1. Cargo Plan 2. Cargo Manifest 3. Register Of Cargo Handling & Lifting Appliances
4. Cargo Securing Manual Together With Mate Receipt 5. Bill of Loading 6. .
Stowage Instruction

.
1. Log Book 2.Tank Sounding Record 3. Crew List 4. PMS

( . C/O Handing Over Note Sign C/O


Resposibility and Duties Take Over )
( . Examiner Stability Data, Booklet, Umpumpable
Amount )
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
298

463. Cargo Ship Chief Officer . Join Taking Over

j
Report to master, hand over appointment letter/ introductory letter, CoC and other certificates, sign
article of agreement.
Meet the outgoing C/O.
Go through handing over note.

Initial .
Emergency stations and duties

LSA and FFA plans
Normal loading and discharging procedures.
Stability booklet and hydrostatic data.
Damage Stability booklet
Oil record books, entries.
Garbage record books, entries.
Loadicator
How to input data
Where is the back-up disc
Computer being used is approved
Any password for operating/installing the program
Piping diagram: ballast, FW, bilges.
Capacity plans
Cargo securing manuals
Stowage plan
Bridge equipment, navigation equipments, emergency steering procedures

Deck maintenance
Planned maintenance schedule
Current state of maintenance
Status of deck stores, equipments. Take inventories of various deck stores, lashing gears.
Any requisition made or to be made.

.
Status of various statutory certificates, expiry, validity.
Any survey due, perpetrations required.
Chain register, entries in chain register.
Certificates for lifting gears, attached equipments, wires and ropes etc.
Operational manuals.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


299

Lifting and mooring equipments .


Condition of lifting machineries and mooring equipments.
Any outstanding repairs.

Intended Ports & V I


Peculiarity of ports, stevedores working hours, interaction with shore personnel, lifting of stores,
water, bunker, provisions.
Port regulation, restrictions, cargo documents required, draft restrictions, day-night,
berthing/unberthings.
Shore leave, gangway, watchman.
Pilferage by shore gang.
Deck watch, anchor watch, piracy watch arrangements.

.
Morale of crews, ability and weakness.
Work rotation, overtime system.
Officer-crew relationship.
Efficiency and performance of other duty officers regarding cargo operation.

Others
Master's requierments, habits and preferences.
Jobs regarding to training and assessments
ISM files to maintain
ISM documents to send to company, their frequencies.
Condition of deck, hatches, hatch covers, lifting machineries.
Hold ventilation systems
Anti-pollution and bunkering procedures
Emergency procedures
Report any discrepancy to master
Sign take over document

Additional points .
In dry dock Taking Over
Docking plan.
Dry dock repair list
Repair works to be done onboard and by dry dock personnel.
Surveys to be done on dry dock.
Safety regulations, hot works, chemical washings, men entry to enclosed spaces.
Emergency contacts/ actions.
Power and water supply, telephones.
Take over drain plugs.
Sewage and garbage disposal arrangements.
Status of LSA, FFA, anything sent ashore.
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
300

Instructions to duty officers and crews.


Undocking stability calculations, tank conditions.
Closing-opening arrangements of hatches.

Special types of ships


Container ships Taking Over
Bay plans
Stowage of containers
Stowage of IMDG containers, cargoes
Stowage of refer containers
Container lashing gears
Normal stacking height
Bulk carriers Taking Over
Ballasting-deballasting rates
Grain loading booklet
High density cargo loading procedures
Load density of deck, tank tops.
Capacities of load/discharge top side tanks.
Refrigerated ships Taking Over
Check condition of compressors
Check any deficiencies in maintaining temperatures
Insulations of compartments in good condition.
Brine seals of tween deck.
Conditions of gratings and dunnages.
Ro-ro ships Taking Over
Power operated W/T doors working properly
FFA in all decks in good condition
Electrical wiring maintained
Cargo securing arrangements
Bow door closing/opening arrangements and alarms
Lighting arrangements
Tankers (Oil, chemical and gas) Taking Over
Operation of cargo pumps, educators
Cargo piping system
Ballast piping and pumping system
IG system and lines
Cargo tank washing procedures
Gas detection system, operation, calibration
Procedures for loading different grades
Crude oil washing system (crude carriers)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


301

Tankers

For chemical tankers


Cargo compatibility and segregation
Special precautions required for certain cargoes.
Cargo tank washing procedures
Previous cargoes
P & A Manual
For gas carriers
Vapor lines, reliquefaction lines
Reliquefaction plants
Cargo change over procedures
Cargo conditioning procedures
Cargo loading and discharging procedures in various ports
LNG ships
Type of tanks.
Controlling boil off.
Tank insulation.
Inerting procedures of primary and secondary barriers.

464. Official Log Book


OLB contents and entries
1. Name of ship, port of Registry, Official Number, Gross Tonnage, Net Tonnage
2.
3. Master name and certificate number
4. Date and Place of opening and closing OLB
5. Load line and Draught detail
6. List of crew and repot of character
7. Training, drill & inspection of crew accommodation
8. Marriage, births, and deaths on board
9. Change of command and handed over
10. Discharge of crew, wages and effects of seaman
11. Offences of crew. fines, promotions, discharge of seaman
12. illness, injury, medical treatment of crew
13. Collision, stranding, every important accident or damage to the ship or cargo
14. Inspection of provisions, stores, LSA & FFE
15. Distress message received and action taken

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


302

465. Master / Pilot relationship Pilot


Master .
1. Pilot . Advice good reson to belive endanger the ship Pilot
follow
2. Pilot Pilot ships na igation monitored
(including plotting fixes/positions on charts)
3. Pilot
4. fficer and elmsmen Pilots request efficienc and courtes . ensure

5. Master . OOW Under Pioltage


OOW
6. Master . Disapprove action Pilot ( .)
OOW important matters of navigation and manoeuvring .
opinion Pilot Pilot

466. What is LRIT?


Long Range
Purpose To improve Maritime safety, security, search and rescue
LRIT Tx ==
6 hr interval automatic transmit
Global Navigation Settlite System . Interface
Request every 15 min Posn report
In all area Transmit
1000 Received .

467. What is Emergency Towing Arrangement & Emergency Towing Booklet ?


Emergency Towing Arrangement
New and Existing Tankers DWT 20000 Ts Under Regulation V/15-1 of the
SOLAS Convention, as amended by resolution MSC.31(63)
Emergency Towing Arrangement
Organization . Guideline Administration
approved Design &
Forward Towing Arrangement deployed
Aft Towing Arrangement . 15 min deployed

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


303

Emergency Towing Booklet


SOLAS Chapter II-1 Reg3-4 All ships engaged in International Voyage (for cargo ships of not
Emergency Towing Booklet
Emergency Towing Booklet
Drawings of fore and aft deck showing possible emergency towing arrangements
Inventory of equipment on board that can be used for emergency towing.
Means and methods of communication.
Sample procedures to facilitate the preparation for and the conducting of emergency towing.
Emergency Towing Booklet Administration approve Onboard
(3) copies
Towing from bow

Towing from stern

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


304

468. Cargo Manifest


Cargo Manifest Master Cargo Declaration Form Type
( .) Company Form
Cargo Manifest
Consignment .
Marking & No. of Package
Name of Shipper
Name of Consignee
Port Of Shipment
Port Of Discharge
Reference No. Of B/L Of End
Ship Particular
Name Of Master .

469. Mate Receipt


Mate Receipt
Mate Receipt
1. Reference No.
2. Date
3. Place Of Loading
4. Loadung Mark
5. Number Of Packaces (or) Pieces
6. Quantity and Condition Of Goods
Mate Receipt Bill Of Alding (B/L) Entry
Totally Check Remark .
Said To Weight ( .) Loadi Totally Check
Remark . Said To Contain
Complete Mate Receipt Copy One Copy
Retain

470. Type Of B/L


Bill of lading is a document issued by Master (or) Carrrier (or) Carrier Agent on receipt of the goods.
It is constructed as a contract of carriage for goods.
Bill of lading mate Receipt . Compare Master Sign Agent and
Shipper
Original B/L Original Negotiable Copy B/L Non
Negtiable Stamp
B/L Remark Discharging
. Remark Carrier
Third Party Consingee To Order (or) To His Order
Remark . Cargo

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


305

Totally Check Remark . Said To Weight (


Totally Check Remark . Said To Contain

B/L
Ship Nmae/ Voyage No.
Reference No. / No. of Original B/L
Date & Place Of Loading / Discharging
Shipper Name & Address / Consingee Name & Address
Notify Party Name & Address
Type & number Of Package (or) Pieces, Weight & Quantity
Any Remark
Apparent Order & Condition Of Goods

-
Function of Bill of Lading

1. Receipt for the goods.


2. Document of Title.
3. Good evidence of contract.
4. Receipt for freight.
Various Types of B/L
1. Clean B/L
2. B/L)
3. Received for shipment B/L
4. Carrier B/L)
5. Direct B/L ( . B/L)
6. Through B/L ( .
)
7. Combined Transport B/L ( Door to Door )
8. To Order . )
9. )
10. To Barrer B/L)
11. Order B/L
12. Outward B/L
13. Homeward B/L
14. Common short form B/L
15. Liner B/L

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


306

471. Notice Of Readiness (NOR)


Notice Of Readiness (NOR) Charpter Party Term . Tendering

NOR Tendering Ready

Formal NOR Charter Party Term Notice Clause Master Tendering


Agree Procedure Laycan Period
Designated Person (or) Company . Printed Form (or) Letter (or) Telex (or) E-mail
. .

472. What is INCOTERMS?


INCOTERMS International commercial
transactions . . International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) published

1st Jan 2011 eight edition


International trade most commonly used terms accepted
INCOTERMS FOB and CIF INCOTERMS (13)
FAS Free Alongside Ship (named loading port)
The seller must place the goods alongside the ship at the named port. The seller must clear the
goods for export. This term is typically used for heavy-lift or bulk cargo.
(Seller Export
clearance seller )
FOB Free on board (named loading port)
The seller must load the goods on board the ship nominated by the buyer, cost and risk being
divided at ship's rail. The seller must clear the goods for export.
. Seller Export clearance
seller Cost & Risk Ship rail seller
CFR or CNF Cost and Freight (named destination port)
Seller must pay the costs and freight to bring the goods to the port of destination. However,
risk is transferred to the buyer once the goods have crossed the ship's rail. Maritime transport
only and Insurance for the goods is at the Cost of the Buyer.
(Seller export . port of destination
Seller maritime transport only loading port
. Risk & Insurance buyer )
CIF Cost, Insurance and Freight (named destination port)
Same as CNF in addition procedure and pay for insurance for the buyer. Maritime transport only.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


307

473. Charter ?
Charter (4)
(1)Time Charter (2) Bareboat charter (3) Charter by demise (4) Voyage charter

(1)Time Charter
A contract for hire of a specified vessels, and its crew, for a specified period of time.
Time charter agree to hire from owners a named vessel, of specified period technical
characteristics, with its crew, for a specified period of time, for agreed purpose, subject to
agreed restrictions as to use of the vessel.
(owner / management crew .
Owner . Owner Running cost
. Charter Commercial operate Voyage cost
)

(2)Bareboat charter
A contract for the lease of a vessel for an agreed period during which the charterer acquires most of
the rights of the owner. It is more of a ship financing arrangement than a trading agreement.
(Agree period (crew ) Charter
Owner Capital cost Charter Commercial
Tecchnical Capital cost )

(3)Charter by demise
A bareboat charter hinged to a management contract, so that the shipowners manage the vessel on
behalf of the bareboat charterers. This is useful to charterers (such as an oil company) who don't
want to spend extra money on increasing their ship management team.
(Bareboat charter )

(4)Voyage charter
A contractual agreement between owners and charterer for the carriage by a named vessel of
specified quantity of specified commodity from one name place or places to another named place or
places, in return for a agreed sum of freight.
. Charter declare carriage
voyage owner )

474. What is the Liner and Tramps?


Liner Operate / Date
Passengers and/or
Tramps cargo (Not Fix Time)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


308

Chartering Abbreviations
FIO (free in and out) ==Loading and Discharging
FIOST (free in, out, stowed and trimmed)== Loading and Discharging ,stowed and trimmed

FIOS (free in, out, stowed )== Loading and Discharging ,stowed

FIOST (free in, out, trimmed)== Loading and Discharging , trimmed

LIOF (liner in free out)==Loading Owner Discharging


FILO (free in liner out) == Discharging Owner Loading
AA: (always afloat) == / /
BBB: (B4 breaking bulk)== (eg. NOR BBB )
MOLCO :
MOLOO
( DWCC
+/- % . (eg. +/- 5%) Owner
MOLOO Charterer MOLCO )
GSB : (good and safe berth)
BIMCO: (Baltic and International Maritime Council / Conference)
BALTIME: (BIMCO form for Time Charter)
SLOTHIRE: BIMCO form on which a charterer hires a number of slots on container ship, but not
entire cargo capacity

475. What is COGSA? ?


COGSA Rule (3) Rule (3)
State
(1) Hague Rule (2) Hague Visby Rule (3) Humburg Rule
Rule
Basic contractual obligation
Rights
Liabilities
Immunities (
B/L ( Issue
History
19 .
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


309

Charpter party terms ship owners charterers


B/L shippers and consignees ca

International Law of Association 1921 Hague agree set New mode of


. 1968 protocol Hague Visby Rule
Article I X

476. Carrier Owner Charter ? Good . Cargo ? What is Deck Cargo?


Carrier Shipper . Contract owner charter

Good . Cargo ?
Goods Live animals . Deck cargo
What is Deck Cargo?
Contract of carriage Cargo

477. Hague HV Rule Carrier . Ob


Hague HV Rule Carrier . Oligation (3)
1. Obligation of Seaworthiness.
Ship Seaworthiness (Technical
Worthiness)
Propely man, equipments and supply (Voyage worthiness)
Hold, refrigerating and cold chambers and all other parts of the ship cargo

2. Cargo care.
The carrier shall properly and carefully load, handle, stow, carry, keep, care for and discharge the
cargo carried.

3. Bill of Lading issue.


Carrier, Master or the Carrier's agent receipt of the goods in his care Bill of Lading
Issue B/L
(a) The leading marks for the identification of the goods.
(b) The weight, quantity or number of packages as stated by the shipper.
(c) The apparent order and condition of the goods".
Carrier reasonably check . (eg. Said to be
weight / said to be contained . )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


310

478. Hague HV Rule Carrier .


Rights or Immunities (3)
1.Exceptions to Liability
17 exception
1. Neglect or default of the master, mariner, pilot, or the servants of the carrier in the
navigation or management of the ship;
2. Fault of shipper or cargo owner
3. Any other cause without the carrier fault
4. Insufficiency of Parking
5. Insufficiency or inadequacy of Marks
6. Inherent defect of goods
7. Latent defect of goods
8. To save life at sea
9. Perils, dangers and accidents of the sea or other navigable waters
10. Fire, unless caused by actual fault of the carrier
11. Act of God
12. Act of war
13. Act of public enemies
14. Arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or people, or seizure under legal process;
15. Quarantine regulations
16. Strikes, lockouts, stoppage or restraint of labour
17. Riots and civil commotions

2.Right to Deviate
Life or property at sea Save or Attempting . Any reasonable devi
Carrier Deviate

3.Right in Respect of Dangerous Goods


Propely Mark
Carrier at any time landed, destroyed or jettisoned

Carrier . Dealt
Carrier

479. Official No. . IMO No.


Official No. Register Flag State
Flag Officail No.
IMO No. ( .) Class IMO Registraion
. Certificate IMO

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


311

480. What is Letter of Protest?

Letter of Protest one party other party under operation control and holding
operation matter ritten form complained

Master Letter of Protest t ped or hand ritten


Letter appropriate formal matter (eg. Ship & Shore cargo figure
)
Original Letter of Protest Other Party Issue Agent and
Owner attach
.
1. Rate of Loading/Discharging too
2. damage
3. Wash (
4. Ship & Shore cargo figure
5. Specification cargo type .
6.
7. Duty officer advice
Ignore
8. Vessel
9.

longshoremen Protect

. Letter of Protest
1. B/L quantity . Discharge quantity
2.
3. Wrong cargo discharge (specification, color, temperature etc..)
4. In port smoke
5.

Letter of Protest
1. Sign
2. Original Sender
3. Copy

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


312

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


313

481. What is Note of Protest (Sea Protest)?

Master due diligence and due to circumstances control beyond control


( IMPORTANT ! Be
sure to make all appropriate entries in your ship's logbook )
Extend Protest

Note of Protest Port during 24 hours ( .) Cargo before


breaking bulk notary public or a consul
or some other official authorized under law
Master crew one or more witnesses Official
Log Book, the dec
Note of Protest Master Identified
Notary or Consular or Authorized officer

Register of Protest Notary Two


copies Owner One copy Attach

1. Every case of General Average act.


2. Encountered heavy weather condition which may result in cargo damage;
3. Encountered heavy weather condition which cause failure to cancelling date;
4. Ship is in anyway damaged (or) suspected damage;
5. Ventilation not possible due to bad weather;
6. Charterer (or) his agent breach of Charter party terms;
7. Consignees fail to discharge cargo, take delivery or pay freight;
8. Cargo shipped in condition likely to be damage;

Venti

Breach of Contract
1. Undue delay
2. Refusal to Load
3. Refusal to pay Demurrage
4. Refusal to accept B/L because of clausing by Master
5. Sending unsafe port

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


314

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


315

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


316

482. Certificate of Seaworthiness


International Association of Classification Society Register Class Vessel Eye of Law
Seaworthiness .
Commercial aspect P&I insurance cover, Charter party Class ship

Class vessel Damage ( Seaworthiness


Class Inform Nearest Surveyor Damage Survey Damage Survey
Surveyor Intrim Certificate of Class
Surveyor sail Reliable person Vessel .
Seaworthiness Documentry evidence
evidence .
Suitable qualified surveyor damage survey .
Appoint
Appoint Sail Seaworthiness
Official Log record Inform owner
Certficate Class Surveyor Next port (or) First Port
. Surveyor Master Joint Survey
Machinery damage joint survey

483. What is Freight? How many kind of Freight?


Freight Terms of Contract

Kinds of Freight
1. Ad valoren freight==
2. Pro-rata freight == Length of Voyage (
3. Distance freight ==

4. Book freight == (return carriage) (Vessel .


cargo )
5. Advance freight == (
(or)
Pre-paid freight
6. Lump sun freight == ( )
7. B/L freight == B/L
(eg. Oil cargo evaporation, Logs cargo moisture lost)
8. Dead freight == Voyage charter

9. Distress freight == . )
3
10. Dead weight freight= (less than 1.2m /ton) .
11. Measurement freight
(cargo stowage at more than1.2m3/ton)

BA BA 4D LMP ( LMP)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


317

484. Marine Insurance Principle Marine Insurance Policy


Marine Insurance

Insurance
Marine Insurance Principle (3)
1. Indenmnity (
)
2. Insyrable Interest ( risk )
3. Utmost Good Faith (
)
Marine Insurance Policy (9)
1. Voyage Policy === Port Insurance
2. Time Policy ==== (GMT ____ GMT_____) Insurance
3. Voyage and Time Policy== Mix Policy (Eg. 60 days after arrival Liverpool)
4. Construction Policy ==Builder Policy (Dock . Insurance )
5. Port Policy === In Port Against Risk ( Insurance )
6. Value Policy == Insurance
7. Unvalue Policy== Insurance
8. Open Cover == Cargo . Insrance Company
Agreement Cargo . Insrance
Company Company Certificate
( cargo
Cargo Owner .Under Writer agreement
. )
9. Floating Policy=== . cargo
(No Time Limit)

485. What is the Difference between GA & PA?


Particular Average (P.A) General Average (G.A)

Partial loss Accidently caused by peril Partial loss Intentionally sacrificed for common adventure in
) extraordinary circumstances )
PA contribution by a particular insurer. GA contribution by all parties
(Owner . Insurer . ) (Owner+Insurer+Cargo owner . )
Examples Examples
1. Grounding/Stranding damage 1. Beaching to prevent sinking
2. Fire & Explosion damage 2. Extinguishing a fire damage to other cargo
3. Heavy weather damage 3. Jettisoning cargo caused by peril
4. Collision damage 4. Salvage costs

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


318

486. Hull & Machinery Policy Shipowner


H
Insurers
The Perils clause (The Insured perils).
1. Perils of the seas rivers lakes or other navigable waters.
2. Fire and explosion.
3. Violent theft by persons from outside the vessel.
4. Jettison.
5. Piracy.
6. Contact with land conveyance dock or harbor equipment or installation.
7. Earthquake volcanic eruption or lightning.
8. Accidents in loading or discharging or shifting cargo or fuel.
9. Bursting of boilers, breakage of shafts or any latent defect in the hull or machinery.
10. Negligence of master, officers, crew or pilots.
11. Negligence of repairers or charterers provided that they are not assured.
12. Barratry of master officers or crew.
13. Contact with aircraft, helicopters or objects falling there from.

487. P & I clubs


1. Collision with another vessel or fix or floating object
2. Pollution
3. Cargo damage
4. Injury person
5. Stowage fend ( )
6.
7.
8.
9. Crew member left behind ( )
10. Crew member repatriated left behind ( .)
11.
12. Problem of Cargo document
13. Any doubt about the identity or authority of Surveyor, Lawer or Other parties
( )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


319

488. P & I Coverage


P & I coverage
1. Collision liabilities not covered under a standard hull insurance policy.
2. Pollution liabilities.
3. Property damage to port and harbor installations.
4. Injury, illness or death of crew passengers and stevedores.
5. Repatriation and related expenses of crew.
6. Loss of personal effects to passengers and crew.
7. Liabilities related to stowaways, deserters, refugees and persons saved at sea.
8. Cargo loss, damage and shortages.
9. Liability relating to containers owned or leased by a member and deemed to be extension of the
vessel.
10. Customary towage related liabilities.
11. Unrecoverable GA contributions from other interests.
12. Ship's proportion of GA contribution where the vessel is assessed at a higher value than the
insurable value under the hull policy.
13. Wreck removal expenses.
14. Special compensation paid to salvors under LOF salvage contract.
15. Fines and legal costs due to innocent breach of regulations.
16. Confiscation of the ship for breach of customs laws
17. Any other claim that the Club Directors decide to cover.
Exceptionally cases falling outside the expressed provisions of the coverage.

489. What is Warranties? Warranties


Warranties Insured Person to do or not to do a particular thing or to fulfill or not to
statement
Warranties
1. Express Warranties: Reference Warranties

2. Implied Warranties: -
. Parties
Warranties
(All these warranties must be exactly complied with as otherwise the underwriter may avoid all
liabilities as from the date of the breach.)

490. What is Statement of facts (or) Time sheets


Port operation log book Statement cargo
operation in port, such as arrival, tendering notice of readiness, comment of laytime, weather
. Lay
statement complied Copies Stevedore Agent
Original Time Sheet attach

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


320

STATEMENT OF FACTS
Company Name 1.Agents 2.Vessel's name
M/V

3.Port 4.Owners/Disponent Owners 5.Vessel berthed

6.Loading commenced 7.Loading completed 8.Cargo


Messrs

9.Discharging commenced 10.Discharging completed 11.Cargo documents on board

12.Pilot on board for sailing, Vessel sailed 13.Charter Party

14.Working hours/meal hours of the port 15.Bill of Lading weight/quantity

16.Outturn quantity 17.Vessel arrived on roads

18.Pilot on board for berthing 19.Notice of readiness tendered

20. ETA to next port

Vessel Arrival and Departure Conditions


Draft Feet Bunkers Lubs and Fresh Water
Forward Amid Aft IFO MDO GO Fresh Water
Arrival
Departure
Next Port

DETAILS OF DAILY WORKING


Date Day Hrs Counted Not Counted No. of Quantity Remarks
At/From To X gangs load/disc.

Laytime Used:
Laytime Allowed:
Laytime Demurrage:
General remarks

Place and Date Name and signature(Master)

Name and signature(Agents) Name and signature(for the charterers/Shippers Receivers)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


321

491. Marine Losses


Total loss Partial loss
Total loss
a) Actual total loss or
b) Constructive total loss.
c) Presumed total lost
Actual total loss ( .)
. (e.g. sinking of ship, complete destruction of cargo by fire)
Constructive total loss Ship (or) Cargo completely damage
repair (or) recovery cost value of property

Presumed total lost Insured vessel reasonable time

Partial loss
Ship (or) Cargo partially destroyed or damaged
Partial loss can be
(a) General Average
(b) Particular Average
(c) Salvage Charges

492. What is Port of refuge? Port of refuge procedures


Port of Refuge Master Common safety Voyage
continue vessel diverts
(e.g. When there is a dangerous ingress of water into the vessel, a dangerous shift of
cargo, the vessel adopts an angle of loll; there is a serious fire on board, etc. )
Port of refuge procedures
1. Inform Owners 16. No Class surveyor available.
2. 17. Cargo damage..
3. Port agent appointment 18. Voyage termination.
4. Inform MAIB. (Marine Accident Invensity in Bank) 19. Cargo discharge.
5. Contact Agent. 20. Repair tenders.
6. Request the agent to notify: 21. Repairs.
7. 22. Class survey after repairs.
8. Arrival Free pratique. 23. Class status and certificates.
9. Customs inwards. 24. Reload cargo.
10. 25. Extended Protest.
11. GA declaration. 26. Payment to repairers.
12. Note of Protest. 27. GA and Salvage surveyors and POR accounts.
13. Hull and machinery damage 28. Documentary evidence.
14. Hull and machinery underwriter survey. 29. Prepare to sail out.
15. Class survey 30. Sailing out from POR

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


322

Protocol = Major modification


Amendet = Some change
Resolution= Final document
Party State = IMO adopted accept
Costal State = state
Flag State = Whose flag the vessel flies
= vessel
PSC
=
Aribitration =
Cesser Clause (Charter ) = Voyage charter cargo , Freight, Dead Freight and
Cease on
Lien Clause (Owner ) = Owner Right to retain possention of the goods of the discharge
Charter (Cesser Lien Voyage charter )
Lay Time = notice of Readiness Time
Lay Day = cancelling date
Freight Forwarder =
LCL shipment = Cotainer Container
FCL = Container
Demmurage = Pay by the charter to owner for each day, ship is detain beyond the time of expire of Lay time
Despatch = Pay by owner to charter, cargo operation complete within agreement Lay time period
Carrier = include owner or charter who enters into contract with shipper
FOC = Flag ITF
(Flag of Convenience)
COC = Vessel class .
( )
Under Writer = .

493. Draw a load line mark, state which side of the ship and which direction is forward?
Freeboard mark at the uppermost continuous deck. 300mm.

(all lines equal 25mm thickness)


Key: LR : Lloyds registry
TF : tropical fresh
F : fresh
T : tropical
S : summer
W : winter
WNA : winter North Atlantic
FWA : fresh water allowance

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


323

494. I.A.L.A Buoyage System


The International Association of Light House Authorities
Mariner ( .) visibility ( .)
Safe Navigation
Passage
I.A.L.A system Mark (5)
1. Lateral Marks
2. Cardinal Marks
3. Isolated Danger Marks
4. Safe Water Marks
5. Special Marks

1.Lateral Marks
Safe Navigable Water Port & Stb (Sailing Direction
. ) General Direction of Buoyage Local Direction of Buoyage

General Direction of Buoyage==Buoyage Authorities


Clock Wise Direction Follow

Local Direction of Buoyage== Sea Ward H Approch


Follow
Local Direction of Buoyage Buoyage Region (2)
Region B (Green to Port) N/S America, Japan, Taiwan, S Korea & Philipine
Region A (Green to STB)Other Countries Except Region B

Lateral Mark
Port Hand Buoy Starboard Hand Buoy
1. Shape Can, Pillar, Spar 1. Shape Cornical, Pillar, Spar
2. Color Single Red Can 2. Color Single Green Cone point Upward
3. Top Mark Red 3. Top Mark Green
4. Light Red Light 4. Light Green Light
5. Rhythm Any Rhythm Rhythm Any Rhythm other than
other than G.P Fl (6+1) G.P Fl (2+1)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


324

Prefered Channel
Conventional direction of voyage proceed channek (2)
channel
Port Hand Buoy Starboard Hand Buoy
1. Shape Can, Pillar, Spar 1. Shape Cornical, Pillar, Spar
2. Color Green with one broad red 2. Color Red with one broad green
horizontal band horizontal bandSingle
3. Top Mark Single green cylinder (can) 3. Top Mark Single red cone, point upward
4. Light Green Light 4. Light Red Light
5. Rhythm Composite group flashing 5. Rhythm Composite group flashing
(2 + 1) (2 + 1)

2. Cardinal Marks
Channel Bend, Junstion, Bifocation ( ), End of the Shoal the best
navigable water Name Side

North Cardinal Marks


1. Shape Pillar (or) Spar
2. Top Mark Two Cone Point Upward
3. Color Black Over Yellow
4. Light White
5. Rhythm Q Fl (or) VQ Fl

West Cardinal Marks East Cardinal Marks


6. Shape Pillar (or) Spar 1. Shape Pillar (or) Spar
7. Top Mark Two Cone Point Inward 2. Top Mark Two Cone Point Outward
8. Color Yellow Black Yellow 3. Color Black Yellow Black
9. Light White 4. Light White
10. Rhythm Q Fl 9 (or) VQ Fl 9 5. Rhythm Q Fl 3 (or) VQ Fl 3

South Cardinal Marks


6. Shape Pillar (or) Spar
7. Top Mark Two Cone Point Downward
8. Color Yellow Over Black
9. Light White
10. Rhythm Q Fl 6 + Long Fl 1
(or) VQ Fl 6 + Long Fl 1
MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY
325

3. Isolated Danger Marks


Marking Danger Safe Navigable Water

Isolated Danger Marks


1. Shape Pillar (or) Spar
2. Top Mark Two Black Sphere
3. Color Black with One or More Horizontal Red Ben
4. Light White
5. Rhythm G Fl 2

4. Safe Water Marks


Marking . Safe Navigable Water Centre Line
Land Fall Buoy Fixed Bridge the Best Navigable Passage
(Safe Water Mark Port Hand )

Safe Water Marks


6. Shape Spherical,Pillar (or) Spar
7. Top Mark Single Red Sphere
8. Color Red and White Vertical Strips
9. Light White
10. Rhythm Isophase (or) Occulting (or) Long Flashing 1
Every 10 sec (or) Mose Code A

Isophase = Light Duration Dark Duration


Occulting = Light Duration Dark Duration

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


326

5. Special Marks (Eg. ODAS Buoy)


TSS, Spoil Ground, Military Exercise Zone, Cable (or) Deep Water Route

Special Marks
11. Shape Optinal
12. Top Mark Single Yellow Cross
13. Color Yellow
14. Light Yellow
15. Rhythm Any Rhythm other than White Light

495. Costal Passage Nav Warning . Track

New Danger Mark (or) Emergency Wreck Marking Buoy


(
Racon AIS Transpoder

New Danger Mark (or) Emergency Wreck Marking Buoy


1. Shape Pillar (or) Spar
2. Top Mark Standing Upright Yellow Cross
3. Color Blue Yellow Vertical Stripes
4. Light Blue & Yellow
5. Rhythm Alternative Flashing

496. Light Vessel


Light Vessel Out
By Day . black ball International Code L.O
By Night . Mid ship Red Light . White Light 1 minute

Watch Vessel Light Vessel

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


327

497. IAMSAR . Proper Name? Volume Volume .


Volume (3)
(IMO )
Volume 1 (Organization & Management)
System . .
System
Search & Rescue .
Volume 2 (Mission Co-ordination)
Search & Rescue
. Assistance
Volume 3 (Mobile Facilities)

SOLAS Chapter 5 / Reg 21
Section (4) Appendix (5)
Section 1. Over View (AMVER) Appendix (A) SOLAS Ch 5/ Reg 33(Distress . )
Section 2. Rendering Assistance (Search Pattern) Appendix (B) Message
Section 3. Onboard Co-ordination Appendix (C) Factor affecting obs; effectiveness
Section 4. Onboard Emergencies Appendix (D) SITREP
Appendix (E) Briefing / Debriefing Form

498. Basic Search Pattern


Basic Search Pattern (3)
1. Parallel Sweep Search (P.S)
2. Expanding Square Search (E.S)
3. Sector Search (S.S)

1. Area . Size
2. Craft . Type
3. Distress Craft . Size
4. Visibility
5. Cloud, Ceiling
6. Sea Condition
7. Time of Day
8. Datum Point
1. Parallel Sweep Search (P.S)
Commence Search area . One of the corner start point
track space
Manoeuvring Search Objects . Direction of drift
Usage Area Single Vessel ( .) Multi

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


328

2.Expanding Square Search (E.S)


Commence Datum Point ( )
st
Manoeuvring 1 leg
( . )
Usage Single Vessel ( .) Boat Person in wtare Location
close limit Location
( object continuous watch )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


329

3.Sector Search (S.S)


Commence Circulor search area . One side
Manoeuvring 1st leg . . each turn 120 . (
nd
angle 60 . 120 .)2 leg datum point
st
30 off from 1 . Search Radius vessel
2 5 miles
Usage Search area Location search object
Circulor search area Center datum point

Parallel Sweep Search Expanding Square Search Track Spacing(s) No. of assistance of
craft IAMSAR . Recommended Track Spacing Table
for Merachant Ship check . (Table Search object size . Visibility
Correction weather correction table Table search
object . Wind speed . correction spacing track

499. Safety Message


Any Message Safety Message .
MAY DAY (Distress)
Ship, Air carft or Other Vehicle Immediate Assistance Request

PAN PAN (Urgency)


Calling Station Safety of Ship, Aircraft or Other Vehicle or Sfaety of Person . Transmit
.
SECURITE (Safety)
Sation Safety or Navigation ( .) Important Meteorlogical Warning . . Trnsmit / Giving
. Message
. Any of these Pay Particular Attention to Message Call Master

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


330

500. Vessel Helicopter Engaged deck reception preparations (SE pg 77)


The deck preparations to engage with a helicopter would include the following actions:
1. Lower secured
2. Radar Stand By Mode
3. Wind stock or Flag indicator (Wind Port bow 30 Steady )
4. Helicopter Pilot direct
5. Static Electric Charge (Rubber Glove )
6. Restricted in Ability to Manoeuvre Sign
7. Fire Party Stand By operational area clear
8. Rescue Boat Ready to Launch
9. H -deck Landing Offi H H -H
10. H
11. Operational Area
12. Patient Life Jacket
(Helicopter . Ship . Port approach Port Bow
30 )

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


331

Rule 1
1. High Sea
UNCLOS (United Nation Convention on law of the Sea) defined EEZ,
Territorial Water or Internal Water or Archipelagic Water ( All part of sea

2.Water connected there with navigable by sea


High Sea . H
navigate

3. Nothing in these Rule shall inference with


athourity or Government Special Rule Rule inference

4. Road steps
H Safety Open
Vessel (generally protected by shoal)

5. Shoal
A small hill of just below the surface of the sea.

6. Convoy
A group of ship travelling together.

7.TSS adopted by IMO


- New sheme Government implement
- TSS Government Implement Maritime Safety Committee
approved IMO adopted
- TSS IMO Rule 1 (d) adopted
- IMO adopted concerned
IMO Publication
- IMO adopted Rule 10

8.Vessel of special circumstance of purpose


-Mast head light centre line
- hull . vessel
-More than 50 m Mast Head Light
-Forward Mast Head Light Side Light Submarine

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


332

Rule 2
1. Exonerate
Be free from blame ( ) or Be officially not responsible for
( )

2. Rule 1 (a) two types of consequence


Two types of Consequence
- Consequence of neglect to comply with these Rule
- Consequence of neglect of precaution required
Two types of precaution
-By the ordinary practice of seaman (or) By the special circumstances

3.Ordinary practice of seaman


Underway Vessel Vessel .
Anchor Vessel .
Dense fog Radar under way Safe and Practicable

Against the tide Vessel With the tide Vessel



draft 7 squat
draft 1.5 squat
Bow cution / Bank suction
Interaction between ship
New scheme (or) amendment scheme IMO adopted compulsory TSS
good seaman ship Rule 10 proceed

4. Constructing
Understanding meaning of the word, sentences or an action in particular way (
action, word or sentences )

Rule 3
1. R.V
Fog, mist, falling snow, heavy rai
- Vessel ( .) Vessel smoke
- (or)
-

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


333

Rule 5
1. STCW look out?
Rule 5 Proper look out maintain
Stranding . Danger of collision situation .

Other Vessels, aircraft, survivors, debris ( ) detect


Helms Man . look Out Duty
sole look out
Composition of Navigation watch depends on weather, traffic, work load, fitness, skill and
equipments facility etc;

Open Sea j . report


Low visibility Fog Signal . report
Crowded water j . likely to risk of collision . report

3. Sole look out .


Under the STCW Code OOW condition . day time sole look
out
carefully assessment

State of weather, visibility, traffic density, danger to navigation in the proximity, navigation in or
near traffic separation sc

. assistance .

1. Radar 2. Binoculars 3. V.H.F 4. Wiper 5. Clear view screen 6


) 7. A.I.S (Auto Identification System) 8. Look out men

5. Full appraisal of situation


Collision Own ship
1. Steering
2. All instruments and equipments on bridge /
own ship

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


334

6.Bad look Out


Visual look out maintain radar plotting .
vessel monitoring
Autopilot
At anchor storm tidal turning ( .) Vessel Proper look out

Rule 6
1. Safe speed at all time maintain
Continuous appraisal changes in circumstances and condition

2.What is the moderate speed?


Moderate speed is the speed the vessel can stop within half of the range visibility.

3.What is the characteristics, efficiency and limitation?


Characteristics Number of Radar
ARPA
Efficiency Age and reliability
Limitation Shadow sector
Un properly setup

4.Range scale
detect long range

.T early detection short range
Dangerous target .
Radar different range scale

Rule 7

1.Rule 7 . All available mean


Visual compass bearing
Radar plotting
VHF information

AIS

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


335

2. Proper use of Radar equipment


Radar appropriate range scale

True Motion (North Up Display) target behaviors faster .


easier detect
ROC / Relative motion detect
Radar Relative True .

3. ROC involved or exit


Rule 7 d (i) & (ii) . Rule 7 a

4. Equivalent systematic observation


Regular Observe
True Plot alteration of course or speed
CPA /TCPA
ARPA
. limited number plotting important target plot

5. What is scanty information?


inaccurate plotting
plotting with error and bearing
regular interval observe . random observe
neglect
bearing
Visual Bearing Radar Bearing rely

Rule 8
1. What is positive action in ample time?
Action
Action assess Scanty Infor

2.Large enough to be readily


RV action vessel observe at
least 30 alter 60 to 90
Insight of one another alter

3.Close quarter situation developing


Close quarter situation CPA (closet point of approach in Nm) .

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


336

4.Passing at a safe distance


Safe distance
1. Size of the ship 2. Speed of the ship 3. Circumstances and condition 4. Manoeurvrability of

5. reduce speed
crossing ( .) overtaking . obliged
lack of sea room (or) the presence of other vessel alteration
slacken speed or take all way off
RV . forward of the beam ( .) Forward of the beam
fog signal close quarter situation avoid
reduce speed or stop the ship

Rule 9
1. What is narrow channel?
Narrow channel easily define Narrow channel width 2 Nm Narrow
channel Object or Buoys . terminate

Local Rule . Rule navigate high sea .


Rule 9 apply

2. What is fair way?



dredged or maintained
Chart package line

Rule 10
1. What is Deep water route?
IMO publication Ship Routing Book
Survey

Deep water route Part of a traffic separation scheme IMO adopted Rule
10 apply

2. What is precautionary area?


IMO . Principle of ship routing define particular caution . Navigate
Direction of traffic flow recommended

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


337

3. What is particular caution?


1. Inform Master/Engine room, if necessary stand by engine
2. Wheel auto to Manual
3. Two telemotor switch on
4. Proper look out and Radar watch maintain
5. Own vessel position plot at frequently interval and other vessel position and movement

6. TSS navigation warning , reporting point (VTRS) .


7. State of visibility, tidal stream and current

4. Routing System (10)


1. Routing System vessel Vessel
2. vessel
vessel vessel ice free water or light ice condition
water ice braker assist navigable water, all weather day and
night routing system
3. manoeuvreessel adequate under keel clearance charted depth chart

metrological and tidal condition depth of water

4. IMO adopted TSS vessel COLREG 72 Rule 10


vessel Vessel
risk of collision COLREG 72 Part B Steering Sailing Rule Section II & III

5. Traffic lane Junction point cross route or change to another route vessel
area vessel
6. deep water route deep draught vessel vessel
deep water route
7. Precautionary area traffic lane follow vessel deep water route
vessel TSS port / vessel
vessel Precautionary area
8. Two way route two way deep water route starboard side proceed
9. General direction of traffic flow arrow vessel . course
General direction of traffic flow
10. TSS Rule 10 vessel . international code of
signal YG flag

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


338

Rule 12
Wind

Give Way Stand On

Wind

Give Way

Stand on

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


339

Wind

A keep clear of B, C, D B keep clear of C


B Stand on for A, D
A
B

C Stand on for A, B, D

D keep clear of B,C


D Stand on for A
Rule 14
Dark Lane

A B
3 Dark Lane
3 Dark Lane

A B . B
up to 3 side light B
B . A

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


340

Rule 19

1. What is close quarter situation?

Close Quarter Situation . distance .


Open Sea large vessel whistle . typical range of audibility
at least 2 miles any direction forward of the beam close quarter situation
long range observation error 3 miles minimum distance

Congested water over taking situation or likely pass astern reduce speed . proceed
less than 2 miles
Action beam or abaft of the beam approaching
.
Astern approach .

2.Forward of the beam fog signal RV may be one prolong or two prolong

ROC / determine ROC . determine

1. Narrow channel Rule (9) apply RV proceeding in opposite direction on


their correct side vessel .
2. Astern passing in RV vessel .
ROC . Rule 19 (e) apply Annex III No. 1 Whistle .
paragraph (C) audibility range table . fog signal

detect short range . . Course ascertain


. blind alteration
Direction of Sound si in fog
Two prolong blast take all way off
stop engine . take all way off
full astern Engine noise signal .

other vessel . position


alteration of course

Communicate each other . remain stop Other vessel allow to


manoeuvre Other Vessel
Stop still
Other vessel particular caution

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


341

4.Rule 19
()
1. All vessel No stand on vessel
2. Vessel alteration of course Rule 35
Rule 34 sound signal
3. at all time
4. Proper radar watch at all time maintain
5. Blind alteration

Rule 20
Application
(a) Part C light & shape all weather comply
(b)Part C Sun set to Sun rise Part C light
Porper look out
(c) Restricted Visibility Sun Rise to Sun set Part C
Part C light
exhibited
(d) Part C Day time exhibited
(e) Part C light and shape
Annex I

Rule 21
Vessel Length Masthead Masthead Lights Masthead Lights Masthead Lights Masthead
Lights Minimum visible Minimum visible Minimum visible Lights
Minimum Range Range Range Minimum
visible visible
Range Range
50m 6 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm 3 Nm
50m 12m 5 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm
20m 12m 3 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm
12m 2 Nm 1 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm 2 Nm
Partly submerged vessels (or) Object being towed vessel all round white light 3Nm

Rule 36
Signal to attract attention
Vessel vessel COLREG 72 Rule
Sound & Light Signal Mistaken Sound & Light signal
direction of danger vessel . navigation
. mistaken Rule light high intensity
intermittent ( light) or revolving light ( ) strobe light
.

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


342

Rule 38
Exemptions
COLREG 72 inforce 15th july 1977 vessel COLREG 60
any vessel or any class of vessel COLREG 72

(a) Rule 22 visibilty of light 4 years exemption (15th july 1977 4years 15th july 1981)
(b) Annex I Section 7 Colour Specifications 4 years exemption (15th july 1977 4years 15th
july 1981)
(c) imperial unit (feet/yard) metric (SI) unit round figure
(eg 100 feet 3.281 = 30.47 m)
(d) (i) Annex I Section 3 (a) less than 150 m vessel masthead light

NLT half length


N.M.T 100m
NMT of length

PDV less than 150m

(ii) Annex I Section 3 (a) ii 150 m vessel masthead light


(15th july 1986)
(e) Annex I Section 2 (b) masthead light 9 years
(15th july 1986)
(f) Annex I Section 2 (g) and 3 (b) side light 9 years
(15th july 1986)
(g) Annex III sound signaling appliances 9 years
(15th july 1986)
(h) Annex I Section 9 horizontal sector (b) all round light light

6 All round light


Rule 21 (e)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


343

Annex I
Positioning And Technical Details Of Lights And Shapes
Section 1 Definition

The term "height above the hull" means height above the uppermost continuous deck. This height shall be
measured from the position vertically beneath the location of the light.

H
H

Section 2
(a) 20m power driven vessel masthead light
(i) the forwards masthead light, or if only one masthead light height above the hull of not less
than 6 meters . breadth of the vessel exceeds 6 meters
height above the hull 12
meters .
(ii) Two masthead lights after masthead light forwards masthead light
one

at least 4.5m

(b) PDV . normal condition of trim vessel stem( ) 100m sea level
. after masthead light forwards masthead light

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


344

(c) The masthead light of a power-driven vessel of 12 meters but less than 20 meters in length
shall be placed at a height above the gunwale of not less than 2.5 meters.

gunwale NLT 2.5m

12m - 20m

(d) PDV less than 12m . masthead light a height above the gunwale of not less than
2.5 meters

At least 1m higher than side lights

(e)Engaged in towing or pushing another vessel power-driven vessel .


same position lowest of after
masthead lights at least 4.5 meters vertically higher than the forwards masthead light

At least 4.5 m

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


345

(f) (i) Rule 23 (a) lights .


.
. height above the hull forward masthead light height above the hull

(eg: fwd masthead light 9m side light not greater than 6m)
(h) a power-driven vessel of less than 20 metres in length combined lantern sidelights
not less than 1 metre below the masthead light

sidelights NLT 1m below masthead light

(I) (i) A vessel of 20 metres in length or more a vessel of less than 20 metres in length

Not less than 2m apart

height of NLT 4 metres above the hull

20 m length or more

(ii) A vessel of less than 20 metres in length a vessel of less than 20 metres in length except
where a towing light

Not less than 1 m apart

height above the hull NLT 2 metres

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


346

(iii) when three lights are carried they shall be equally spaced.

(j) Engaged in fishing vessel side light vertical light .

2H

(k) Anchor light vessel forward anchor light after anchor light 4.5m
forward anchor light

NLT 4.5m

Height NLT 5m

Section 3 Horizontal positioning and spacing of lights

(a)

NMT 100m NMT of

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


347

(b) A power-driven vessel on 20 meters or more in length forward masthead lights


side lights
(c) Rule 27 (b) (i) or Rule 28 the forward masthead light(s) and the
. vertical distance place all round light
horizontal distance not less than 2 meters from the fore and aft centerline of the

not less than 2 meters from the fore and aft centerline

(d) Power driving vessel only one masthead light shall exhibit forward of amidship.
Power driving vessel less 20 m in length only one masthead light shall exhibit as far forward

Power driving vessel only one masthead light

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


348

Section 5. Screens for sidelights

Screens for sight light matt black ( )

Section 6. Shapes

(a)

BALL Diameter Not less than 0.6m

CONE Diameter Not less than 0.6m

CYLINDER Diameter Not less than 0.6m


Height Twice its diameter

DIAMOND Two cone base together

All Shape colour are Black

(b) Shape vertical distance

At least 1.5m

shape reduce

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


349

Section 12 Maneuvering light

Maneuvering light and All round minimum visible range 5miles Annex I Section 2
f . Maneuvering light place
Only one masthead light vessel not less than 2m vertically apart from masthead light.
forward masthead light minimum height 2m vertically above
the forward masthead light
after masthead light not less than 2m vertically above or below
the after masthead light

not less than 2m vertically apart from masthead light

Only one masthead light vessel

NLT 2m vertically above


or below the after masthead
light
minimum height 2m
vertically above the
forward masthead light

Annex II
Additional Signals For Fishing Vessels Fishing In Close Proximity
(1) General
. distance apart at least 0.9m all round visible distance
at least 1 Nm Rule 26 b(i) C (i)

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


350

(2)
(a) A vessel Engage in Trawling 20 m or more in length whether using Demersal or Pelagic
Gear shall exhibit

(i) When Shooting their nets


By Night Time Two All round white light where they can best be seen
BY Day Time Hoist International Code of Flag Z

(ii) When Hauling their nets


By Night Time Two All round lights in vertical line, the upper being WHITE and the
lower RED where they can best be seen
By Day Time Hoist International Code of Flag G

(ii) When the net has come fast upon an obstruction


By Night Time Two All round RED lights in vertical line, where they can best be seen
By Day Time Hoist International Code of Flag P

(b) Each vessel 20 m or more in length Engage in Pair Trawling shall exhibit
(i) By Night Time A search light directed forward and in the direction of the other vessel
of the pair

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


351

(ii) When shooting or hauling their nets have come fast upon an obstruction the light prescribed in
2(a) above
(c) A vessel less than 20 m in length Engage in Trawling whether using Demersal or Pelagic
Gear or Engage in Pair Trawling, may exhibit light prescribed in paragraph (a) or (b)
of this section as appropriate

(3)Signals for purse seiners ( )


A Vessel engaged in fishing other than trawling, fishing with purse seiners gear may exhibit

Two YELLOW lights in vertical line


Flash alternately every second and with equal light and occultation duration
This light may be exhibit only when the vessel is hampered by its fishing gear

FL Flashes ( )
R
ISO Isophase ( )
W
OCC Occultation ( )
Y 1 sec Flash alternately
every second

Y
1 sec

Annex III
1. Whistle
(a) Frequencies and Range of audibility
Fundamental frequency 70 700 Hz

Vessel of 20 m more in length 180 700 Hz (+/- 1%)


Less than 20 m in length 180 2100 Hz (+/- 1%)

(b) Limits of fundamental frequencies

For Vessel of 200 m more in length 70 200 Hz


For a vessel 75 m but Less than 200 m in length 130 350 Hz
For a vessel less than 75m length 250 700 Hz

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY


352

(c) Sound signal intensity and range of audibility

Length Range
200m or more 2Nm
75 - 200m 1.5Nm
20m 75m 1Nm
20m 0.5Nm

2 Bell or Gong
(a) Intensity Sound pressure level NLT 110 dB ( ) at a distance of 1m
(b) Construction Corrosion resistance material and clear tone designed
Diameter 20 m or more NLT 300 mm
Less than 20m NLT 200 mm
Striker mass is NLT 3% of Bell mass

MG PYAR GYI JUST REFERENCE ONLY

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen